
Class. 



A^ 4~F> 



Book AA 



CqpigM - 



COFiRIGHT DEPOSin 



COM MOM NAMES 



*i. ffAJthsea rosea. Hollyhock - 

P^cri-'-i cardita. Plume Poppy 

3. He jthus rigidus, var Miss Mellish. Hardy Sunflower.- 

4. Hibiscus, var Meehan's Mallow Marvels Swamp-rose.--- ■ — 

5. ffLilium Henryi. Henry's Lily.-- 

6 Lathyrus latifolius, var albus White Everlasting Pea 

7. Lathyrus latifolius, var splendens Everlasting Pea - 

8. fAstilbe Davidii. False Goafs-beard 

'0. Boltonia latisquama. False Chamomile. 

10. Delphinium, vars. English Hybrids Larkspur. - 

( r. fYucca filamentosa. Adam's Needle.- 

1 2. ffCassia Marylandica. American Senna. 

1$. Helenium autumnale, var. rubrum. Red Sneeze-weed. 

14. Pyrethrum uliginosum. Giant Daisy - - 

15. tfLiatris pyenostachya. Gay Feather.- • 

16. Helenium autumnale, var supe'rbum. Snccze-weed 

17. Achillea filipendulina (or eupatorium). Fern-leaved Yarrow--- 

iS Aconitum Napellus. Monk's-hood. 

19. Aconitum Napellus, var. album. White Monk's-hood 

20. Aster Novae-Anglize. New England Aster. ■ 

21. Aster Novse-Anglise, var roseus. Pink New England Aster — 

22. Aster Novi-Belgii, var. F. W. Burbidge New York Aster 

23. Aster Novi-Belgii, var Top Sawyer New York Aster. 

24. tfGaltonia candicans. Cape Hyacinth. 

25. Helianthus mollis. Hairy Sunflower 

26. Helianthus decapetalus, var Soleil d'Or Double Sunflower 

27. Peeonia Moutan, vars Tree Peony 

28. fPentstemon barbatus, var Torreyi. Beard-tongue. 

29. ttLilium superbum. Turk's-cap Lily 

30. tfLilium tigrinum. Tiger Lily 

"31. fAnchusa Italica, var Dropmore. Alkanet. 

•32. tAnchusa Italica, var. Opal. Alkanet. ~- — 

33. Lupinus polyphyllus, vars. Lupine. 

34. Paeonia (albiflora hybrids), vars Herbaceous or Chinese Peony 

35. Salvia azurea, var. grandiflora. Meadow Sage. - 

36. fSpiraea lobata, var. venusta. Meadow-sweet. 

37. fThalictrum aquilegifolium, var roseum. Pink Meadow Rue, 

38. Aquilegia chrysantha. Golden Spurred Columbine " 

39. Heliopsis leevis, var. Pitcheriana. Ox-eye. 

"40. i'i'X-ili-iim auratum, Cold-bandc-d Lily — 

41. fLilium candidum. Madonna Lily 

42. Baptisia australis. False Indigo. 

43. fCampanuIa latifolia, var. macrantha Bell-flower. 

*44. fCampanuIa Medium. Canterbury-bells. 

45. fCentaurea macrocephala. Knapweed. 

46. Clematis Davidiana. Shrubby Clematis. 

47. fDelphinium Belladonna. Larkspur. 

48. fDelphinium formosum. Oriental Larkspur. 

*49- fDigitalis purpurea, var. gloxiniaeflora. Foxglove. 

50. Echinacea purpurea. Purple Cone-flower. ■ 

51. flris laevigata (or Kaempferi), vars. Japanese Iris. 

52. tfLilium speciosum, vars. Japanese Lily. 

53. Lychnis Chalcedonica. Jerusalem Cross. 

54. Lythrum Salicaria, var. roseum superbum. Rose Loosestrife. -- 

•55. Montbretia (or Tritonia) crocosmeeflora. Blazing Star. ~ T 

56. Phlox paniculata (or decussata), vars. Hardy Phlox. 

57. Physostegia Virginica. False Dragon's-hcad. 

55. Physostegia Virginica, var alba WhileFalseDragon's-head 

59. fValeriana officinalis. Garden Heliotrope. " 

60. Anemone Japonica, vars. Japanese Wind-flower ~" 

61. ffDoronicum plantagineum, var. excelsum Leopard's-bane. 

62. Gypsophila paniculata. Baby's-breath. 

63. fHelenium Hoopesii. Sneeze-weed. 

64. Hemerocallis flava. Yellow Day-lily. ~ 

65. Hemerocallis aurantiaca, var major Orange Day-lily 

66. Iris Sibirica, vars. Siberian Irisr 

67. ttPapaver orientale, vars. Oriental Poppy 

68. Aquilegia vulgaris, var. nivea grandiflora Common European Columbii 

69. Aster grandifiorus. Michaelmas Daisy. "" 

70. Chrysanthemum, vars. Hardy Chrysanthemum. 



COLOO A 



71. Clematis recta. 

72. Dictamnus Fraxinella, var albus. 

73. tDigitalis ambigua (or grandiflora). 

74. Hemerocallis Middendorfii. 

75. tflris Germanica, vars. 

76. tfLilium Batemanni. 

77. Monarda didyma. 

78. Psonia officinalis. 

79. Platycodon gTandiflorum. 



Shrubby Clematis." " 

Gas Plant. _~_~_ 

Yellow Foxglove. 
Yellow Day-lily. 
German Iris. 

Bateman's Lily. 
Oswego Tea. 
Old-fashioned Early Peony 

Balloon-flower.- 




• Not strictly a perennial, t Holds presentable foliage after blooming, ft Foliage disappears or becomes unsightly after plant blooms. 






< H 

£•'1 

OS C. 



2 a- 



~ 3 ? P. sr 



Ilii 

CO CO » 






o > > 

5 3n 
■ Sn 
en 2 P 
ST. 3. 
c » 3 

3 3 "H- 
«■ » » 

o 3. 3 

3 3 
3- p 



2*.g 3" 
10 o 3 

£Ltn O 



lo O O 0OOOOO0O0O0O000O0O0O 
M O *0 00 — I Onc^i 4^ OJ M H O 



o <n a. 

< 1 3 » 
£.2-5. 
p" s> p 



•a b p a a 



&S.2 



°3S 



2 3. 



5-3 



^. Dl CO 

P.- C 



O 3- "i 3 C C 
n » O TO ;T> 3 

■ | S-o-p 
■a "rJ S 



i 



Ji'TO 

ra 2, 



3- 3- 

B-g. 
c "> 

3 s-. 

_ 3 m 
ill 



> > f o 
r> o "<3 3- 

3* 3" fo 



S- ~ =T O 



P P o .» 



3 I 
3.0 



H Cfl 50 3 
3. "2. c » 

3 a n> £ 
P 



§• 2- c: 
g-S I 






3" P 



Jk p 



S o 
O 



P 



^?^S?,-|5' <= ^£.g o g l^o g_o o g- 

aa rr fc— f - r* *r r, i —i -j . u: rn ^ r—^ ^ t— m i — t- ^ . «* 



"--(-«„!>< g g g 3. g ,_3^ J? 3 
^ «> p S 2. • P-<5^ s- £■ o- r 

re o 

1 =5 




naafflmaMWi 



11111111111111 



i 

m 

o 

i 

H 



01 
01 



m 

n 



LATIN NAMES 



COMMON NAMES 



COLOR AND PERIOD OF BLOOM 



HEIGHT IN FEET 



. Q O i_ w 

3 ^ x a y cr 8 



8o. Platycodon grandiflorum, var. album. 

8i. Rudbeckia speciosa. 

82. Spiraea palmata, var. elegans. 
•83. Tritoma (or Kniphofia) Pfitzeri. 

84. f Agrostemma Coronaria. 
•85. ffAlstrcemeria Chilensis. 

86. Chelone Lyonii. 

87. ffLysimachia clethroides. 

88. Achillea Millefolium, var. roseum. 

89. Achillea Ptarmica, var. The Pearl, 
go. Anthemis tinctoria. 

91. ffAnthericum Liliastrum, var. major. 

92. ffAsdepias tuberosa. 

93. fCampanula persicifolia. 

94. "[Campanula persicifolia, var. alba. 

95. Coreopsis lanceolata, var. grandiflora. 

96. fDelphinium Sinense. 

97. fDelphinium Sinense, var. album. 

98. ffDicentra (or Dielytra) spectabilis. 

99. Gaillardia grandiflora. 

100. fLobelia cardinalis. 

101. Phlox suffruticosa, vars. 

102. Polemonium cseruleum. 

103. ffTradescantia Virginiana. 

104. Veronica longifolia, var. subsessilis. 

105. Centaurea montana. 

106. Eupatorium ccelestinum. 

107. Hypericum Moserianum. 

108. (Enothera fruticosa, var. Youngii. 

109. Scabiosa Caucasica. 
no. fStatice latifolia. 
in. Aster ptarmicoides. 
ii2. fCampanula glomerata. 

113. Chrysanthemum maximum, 

114. Funkia subcordata, var. grandiflora. 

115. Geranium sanguineum. 

116. ffLilium elegans (Thunbergii). 

117. ffLilium tenuifolium. 

118. Linum perenne. 

j 19. Platycodon Mariesi. 

120. Platycodon Mariesi, var. album. 

121. f Primula Japonica. 

122. Pyrethrum hybridum, vars. 

123. Sedum spectabile. 

124. Stokesia cyanea. 

125. ffTrolIius Europsus. 

126. Anemone sylvestris. 
*I27- ffAquilegia casrulea. 
•128. fDianthus barbatus, vars. 

129. Funkia undulata, var. variegata. 

130. ffPaeonia tenuifolia. 

131. Spiraea astilboides, var. floribunda. 

132. fLychnis Viscaria, var. splendens. 

133. ffAdonis vernalis. 

134. Geum Heldreichii. 

135. Heuchera sanguinea. 
*i36. Papaver nudicaule, vars. 



137- 
138. 
U9- 
140. 



146. 



Phlox divaricata. 

Polemonium humile, var. Richardsoni. 
Alyssum saxatQe, var. compactum. 
Callirhoe involucrata. 
fCampanula rotundifolia. 
Iberis sempervirens. 
; Achillea tomentosa. 
Aster alpinus. 
Campanula Carpatica. 
Campanula Carpatica, var. alba. 
Dianthus latifolius, var. atrococcineus. 
Dianthus plumarius, vars. 



149. CEnothera Missouriensis (or macrocarpa). 

150. Phlox subulata, vars. 

151. Plumbago Larpentse. 

152. Primula Sieboldii. 

153. Primula Polyantha. 

154. Primula veris superba. 

155. Veronica incana. 

156. Convallaria majatis. 

157. Daphne Cneorum. 

158. Myosotis palustris, var. semperflorens. 

159. Arabis albida. 

160. Ajuga reptans. 

161. Armeria maritime, var. splendens. 

162. Cerastium tomentosum. 

163. fflris pumila. 

164. Tunica Saxifraga. 

165. Viola cornuta. 

166. ffBellis perennis. 

167. Spiraea Filipendula. 

168. Gypsophila repens. 
tfco. Veroaica rupestris. 



White Balloon-flower.- 

Cone-flower. 

Rosy Meadow-sweet. 

Rcd-hot-poker Plant. 

Rose-campion. - - 

Chilian Lily. 

Turtle-head.- 

Loosestrife. 

Rosy Milfoil.- 

Double Sneezewort. 

Golden Marguerite 

St. Bruno's Lily. 

Butterfly-weed. 

Peach-leaf Campanula. 

White Peach-leaf Campanula 

Coreopsis. 

Chinese Larkspur. 

White Chinese Larkspur.- - - 

Bleeding Heart. ; 

Blanket Flower. 

Cardinal Flower. 

Early flowering Phlox. 

Jacob's Ladder. 

Common Spiderwort. 

Speedwell. 

Mountain Bluet. 

Mist Flower. 

St. John's Wort. 

Evening Primrose. 

Blue-bonnet. 

Great Sea-lavender. 

Dwarf Starwort. 

Clustered Bell-flower. 

Giant Daisy. 

Day-lily. 

Crane's-bill. 

Thunberg's Lily. 

Siberian Coral Lily. 

Flax. 

Dwarf Balloon-flower. 

White Dwarf Balloon-flower. 
Japanese Primrose. 

Pyrethrum. 

Showy Sedum. 

Stoke's Aster. 

Globe-flower. 

Snowdrop Wind-flower. 

Rocky Mountain Columbine. 
Sweet William. 

Variegated Day-lily. 

Fennel-leaved Peony. 

Meadow-sweet. 

German Catchfly. 

Bird's-eye. 

Avens. 

Coral-bells. 

Iceland Poppy. 

Wild Sweet William. 

Dwarf Jacob's Ladder. 

Rock Madwort. 

Poppy Mallow. 

Blue-bells of Scotland. 

Hardy Candytuft. 

Wooly Yarrow. 

Dwarf aster. 

Carpathian Hare-bell. 

White Carpathian Hare-bell. - 

Carnation. 

Scotch Pink. 

Evening Primrose. • 

Mountain Pink. 

Lead-wort. 

Siebold's Primrose. 

Polyanthus 

Giant Cowslip 

Hoary Speedwell. 

Lily-of-the- Valley. 

Garland Flower. 

Forget-me-not. 

White Rock-cress. 

Bugle. 

Thrift. 

Mouse-eared Chickwced. 

Dwarf Iris. 

Tunica. 

Tufted Pansy. 

English Daisy.- - 

Dropwort. — -_.. 

Chalk Plant. 

Rock Speedwell. 





APR. 


MAY 


JUNE 


JULY 


AUG. 


SE.PT. 


OCT. i/> 1 if] h. 


53S 1 


2 


3 


4 


5 6 


7 






1 II 

■■■■■ wrmn 
raffll 


__. ■ MM1 














■jj 


MMMM ■ HI 


FBr= 

H _ HI 

rHHi 

■""■! 















*" i "™ 


r nn 
rmmr 


HHI 1 

mrmr- 















"■■■■ hBi 


BSF= 

H — HI 

















r hi 


HHHI 















—— 


™" ™r -B ii 




















s 


■r 


— 












■■■HH 


* 




!_■ 


■ HI " 














HBIMi 




■■ 
















■MMMM 


1 — HI 


















HJ ^___pH 


1 — Hr 

wmm rmmm 


■ HI 

HHHI 


















■■■L4^_ 


rmmr 
rmmm 


IB 1 1 
IB _ HI 






















■HI 


HHH 
















' 




11 


















tmm 


■■■■■ 


HI 
_HIMMI 


















r ■■ 
rmmt 


■■■1 

■HHI 

■ — ni 
















1 — 11 


iH - ni 












I 






1 1 


MM 1 II 


■ ■MM1 


















9b 


BHMMI 












- 


=*c 




_ 




;s 

1 mmb 
1 I 

■ 


■L_J_MMi 


















-— — 




iii~ 












" 












1 ■ 
















MM 










■ mm 






















1 ■ 


■■■MM 

■ ■■■a 

_^BMM 














■ 






hhIUVJ 


■ 


ZLT.imm 
























1 ■■■■ 


■ HUM 
























■ ■ 
■ ■ 


■ MM 

■■■■■a 














■ 

I ■ 


■■MM 

■ MM 

■■mm 














1 ■■ 

ran 


■ ■MBL 

-4»MBL 

JiMBJL 
■ ■ML 














■■ 

■■■■ 
■■■■■ 1 — ar 


■ ■MBL 

■ ■MBL. 














~- ["■■■ 


■ ■MML 












-• 








rHHi 


■ ML 
















— 




H — II 


JMBL 
















~ 






















^^ 
















N^ 


■ ■■ I 


■■■ 














-= 


rnac 
H _ Hr 
1 — nr 


■ MBL 
Ml 
■ ■MB_ 

■ bbbl 














1 — ii 

mi 

■—■■ rma 

«"■ 1 — ■■ 

■■■1 

— ■— - !=■■■ 


pi* *** 

■ ■Mi — 
■ BBL_ 










- 




■BiMM !"■■■ 

mm . rmmr 
■» rmum 
rS 


■ ■» 

■ ■■ 

_■■■ 














» Not strictly a perennial, t Holds presentable foliage after blooming, ft Foliage disappeai 



sightly after plant blooms. 



^M4ii^^ttBZMt»^^^^MIM^MMMtf^^Maa^M^^a)MM^MalHIMBMMMMMMMMnMI*HMHV*»OTl' 



THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 



THE GARDEN 
BLUEBOOK 



A Manual of the 
Perennial Garden 



By 
LEICESTER BODINE HOLLAND 




ILLUSTRATED 



Garden City New York 

DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY 

MCMXV 



€$>>& 
W 



Copyright, 1915, by 
DOUBLEDAY, PaGE & COMPANY 

All rights reserved, including that of 
translation into foreign languages, 
including the Scandinavian 



NOV 2 1915 



1 Cl. A 4 1 6 4 3 1 



To My Sister 

LUCY 

And Her Garden 

By the Sea 



THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 



N 



INTRODUCTORY 

' 4 ~^^ ~J* OW there are Ornaments also without, as Gardens, Fountains, 
Groves, Conservatories of rare Beasts, Birds, and Fishes. 
Of which ignobler kind of creatures, we ought not (Saith our 
greatest Master among the Sons of Nature*) childishly to despise the 
Contemplation; for in all things that are natural, there is ever something 
that is admirable. Of these external delights a word or two. 

"First, I must note a certain contrariety between building and gar- 
dening: For as Fabric ks should be regular, so Gardens should be irregular, 
or at least cast into a very wild Regularity." 

So writes the gentle knight, Sir Henry Wotton, in his little treatise on 
the Elements of Architecture, and so must we conceive our gardens of to- 
day; to have them share in the quiet dignity and quaint charm of those 
"various entertainments of his scent and sight" which delighted him in his 
seventeenth century England. 

"Cast into a wild Regularity," there is the problem of garden composi- 
tion. And indeed it is a problem, for the garden must be a bouquet, not 
like those the children pick, unchosen flowers massed as they come, leaf- 
less and choking in the little hand, but thoughtfully and graciously ar- 
ranged with choice of color and plant form well studied, and here and there, 
between and behind the brilliant blossoms, strong clumps and masses of 
foliage to rest the eye and give a setting to our garden pictures. 

Many books have been written on color in the flower garden, but few, 
if any, on foliage in the flower garden, and to my mind that is almost half 
the battle. Fill the herbaceous border to a third or almost a half of its 
area with shrubs — Spiraea, Deutzia, bush Honeysuckle, Azalea, Kerria, 
etc., or even Barberry or Privet — and with perennials that hold fine solid 
clumps of foliage throughout the year, such as Peonies or Dictamnus; and 
if these be arranged to give a pleasing silhouette and to group well in their 
"wild regularity," you may fill the other space with Petunias and Scarlet 

*Aristotle lib. I cap. 5. 

I 



2 THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 

Sage, or what you will, still you will find it very hard to spoil the picture. 
And on the other hand, the choicest flower composition that you can de- 
vise will profit all the more by the space and background of green that you 
give to it. 

But though the background be one half the garden composition it is 
by far the easiest half; for all or almost all we have to consider there is 
size and shape. Color and texture of foliage is of secondary importance, 
and all these factors are practically constant throughout the year, while 
blossoming may almost be ignored; whereas in the floral half of our com- 
position we have constantly to consider factors of color and height, which 
change with every week from early spring to fall. A spot that is mag- 
nificent in July may be a desert in August unless the garden is wisely 
planned. In this I am assuming, of course, that our garden is one of per- 
ennials or at least is chiefly such, annuals being used only here and there 
to fill in gaps where, as it were, our plants have played us tricks, for the 
perennial garden besides being the most enduring and, when once estab- 
lished, the cheapest and easiest to tend, is also the most symphonic, if I 
may use the term, in that its harmony is not constant, but resolves con- 
tinually from one color picture to another in a melody of bloom. 

To compose a symphony one must carry in one's mind the qualities 
and possibilities of all the instruments in the orchestra, and to compose 
a garden symphony one should be able to say just what plants will be 
blooming at each point in the summer's progress and what the height 
and color of each will be. It may be possible to do this in one's 
mind, but certainly not without years of intimate experience in garden 
tending; and for us, laymen, who wish to devise each his own personal 
symphony, it is hopeless; and so we have recourse to flower lists which 
tell us what there is that is white, which blooms in June, and so on; 
and mostly we pore over the catalogues of nurserymen, hunting for the 
note which will complete the particular harmony our imagination pictures. 

As an aid to arranging flower harmonies and flower sequences the 
accompanying charts (see inserts, front cover) have been prepared. 
They do not by any means include all the herbaceous perennials that 
are good, nor should all those here given be used in any one garden. As a 
matter of fact, it is hard to have too few varieties in a border. So 
long as the bloom is continuous and the harmonies good, the fewer the 
kinds and the larger the masses the better. A natural spirit of curiosity 
and that collector's mania which we all possess is only too apt to make 
our beds herbaria rather than gardens. But there are a great many 



INTRODUCTORY 3 

good harmonies possible, and different situations call for different plants 
to fit them, so besides those which are preeminently the garden favorites, 
many other well-deserving plants have been included, to supply, if 
possible, some capable candidate to fill each particular vacancy that may 
arise. 

HOW TO USE THE CHARTS 

In arranging the charts the plants have been placed in the order 
of their heights, beginning with the tallest, for this is the first quality 
that concerns us in our garden pictures. If we want something for the 
back of the border we use the top part of the list; if something for an edg- 
ing, the bottom end. The last column to the right indicates by the length 
of the black bars the average heights of the various plants. Of course, 
this is necessarily only an approximation, for the height of any plant will 
vary, with a range of two or more feet for the taller ones, according to the 
soil and situation; and even the same individual specimen may change 
considerably from year to year. But in any case the order of height here 
given will be always very nearly the same, and that is the thing that 
most concerns us. 

Next in order of importance come color and the season of bloom, and 
these will be found indicated in the columns of colored bars on the green 
background. Here also there is of necessity an approximation, the dif- 
ferent flowers on the same plant may vary perceptibly in color, and 
many flowers comprise several colors within themselves. The ordinary 
Daisy, for example, is both white and yellow, but at a little distance the 
white so predominates that the yellow centre is lost. Therefore the color 
given on the chart is the color which a mass of each flower in question will 
usually present when seen from a little distance. Some of the color 
patches are graded, ranging, say, from pink to white and then to blue; 
this signifies that that particular flower can be had in any one of the tints 
included in that color scale. As for the period of bloom given, that is 
calculated for the neighborhood of Philadelphia, latitude 40 degrees 
north, and, roughly, the season for any point of the Atlantic States may be 
calculated by pushing it back six days for each degree farther north or 
forward for each one farther south. Thus New York City would be about 
five and Boston fifteen days later, and Washington about a week earlier. 
In any locality, however, the sequence and approximately the length of 
bloom here given will hold good, and that again is the important thing. 

Now suppose our garden picture should require a plant of medium 
height blooming late in July and blue in color. The column headed 



4 THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 

JULY will give us all the plants blooming in that month; that section 
of it between four and two feet high will include all those of medium 
height and we find at once that No. 79, Platycodon, is the only one that will 
answer. Having found our plant, we move to the right to those columns 
between the season and height columns, and here we will find indicated 
by the presence or absence of a black spot whether our plant will grow 
well in sun, partial shade, or shade, or in two or more such situations; and 
whether it is fragrant or not. 

Now while all the plants given can be grown in the ordinary border 
with little trouble, some are so constituted that they will thrive in sand 
and drought (though presumably doing better under kinder circum- 
stances), and others do not mind how wet their roots may be. These 
are marked under the headings DRY and WET and by running down 
these columns you can find at once all the plants suitable for naturalizing 
on dry banks or by the water side, but also remember they do not abso- 
lutely demand these situations. Lastly, we have a column indicating 
which of our plants are suitable also for the rock garden. 

When all this is done and we know that we have something that fits 
all our requirements we look to the left, and there we find the names of 
this something. 

CONCERNING NAMES 

I might almost say that the names, too, are approximate only. The 
English names are often legion as can be seen under the individual de- 
scriptions of the plants in the text of this book, and as but one could be 
given for each plant it had to be the one "approximately" most used. 
The same is true to a less extent of the Latin names, for the botanists 
have wrangled considerably over what to call some of these friends of ours, 
and even when they agree we frequently find that the nurserymen com- 
monly use a name quite different. So when there has been much diver- 
gence of opinion, that form of the name most in common usage has been 
chosen. In several cases it is not botanically correct, but it will help us to 
find our candidate in the catalogues, and that, for the third time, is the im- 
portant thing. The most approved botanical name, where not the one used 
in the chart, will be found indicated by an asterisk in the text descriptions. 

THE SIGNS USED 

If in front of the Latin name a little dagger be found, it means that the 
plant in question will hold its foliage and be quite presentable after bloom- 
ing, but it will count as a mass of green of considerably less height than 



INTRODUCTORY 5 

when in bloom. If two daggers be found, it means either that the plant 
dies to the ground after blooming or that its foliage becomes unsightly; 
in any case that the plant or the spot it occupied must be concealed by 
something else planted in front. While those lucky ones which are free 
from daggers may be relied upon to form presentable masses of green of 
nearly the full flowering height throughout the season. Lastly, in some 
cases an asterisk is placed in front of the number attached to the plant. 
This indicates that the plant in question is not strictly a hardy perennial. 
Thus: No. 1, Althaea; No. 31 and No. 32, Anchusa; No. 40, Digitalis pur- 
purea; No. 127, Aquilegia caerulea; No. 128, Dianthus barbatus; and No. 
136, Papaver nudicaule, while technically all perennials rarely live or do 
well for more than two seasons. Althaea, Digitalis, and Dianthus, how- 
ever, self-sow so readily that, unless one is particular about the color of the 
flowers, they may be relied upon to propagate themselves. No. 44, Cam- 
panula Medium, is always a biennial, and must be resown each year to pro- 
vide yearly bloom. It is the only plant included which has no technical 
right in the list, but is so popular and valuable that an exception was made 
in its case. No. 40, Lilium auratum, is a hardy perennial but the bulb is 
short-lived and usually dies out in two or three years. No. 55, Montbretia, 
No. 83, Tritomia, and No. 85, Alstroemeria, are hardy perennials south of 
Philadelphia if given protection in winter, but in colder climates must be 
treated like Dahlias, lifted and wintered indoors. 

The Latin names are the guides by which, having located a plant of 
the desired characteristics on the charts, we may refer to the text for sup- 
plementary information as to its habit in flower and foliage etc., with 
notes on its culture and propagation. These text descriptions are ar- 
ranged in the alphabetical order of the Latin names, the numbers ap- 
pended being for reference from the text to the chart. 

DESIGNING THE GARDEN 

Having now at our fingers' ends this knowledge of our instrumental 
possibilities, let us see what is the best way to go about building up the 
changing harmonies of our garden plan. Individual tastes and fancies 
enter naturally into any artistic work, and probably nowhere do they 
make themselves so strongly felt as in garden planning. This is altogether 
as it should be, for in some ways the garden is a more intimate and personal 
thing even than the house itself. In a great many cases it is planned, and 
to a large extent executed and tended, by the owner himself or perhaps 
more often by the owner herself; whereas, with the house, its con- 



6 THE GARDEN BLUE BOOK 

ception, execution, and maintenance depend almost wholly on the ideas 
and abilities of architects, builders, plumbers, paperers, and a whole world 
of necessary outsiders. But unless we are proven artists of great ability 
we will do well to guide these tastes and fancies of ours by certain rules 
which the professional artists have proclaimed, and we will do well also to 
remember that experience often teaches ways of attacking problems which 
are much easier, though often quite different, from the instinctive ways. 

In all forms of artistic composition this is the first and greatest rule: 
Consider the composition as a whole to begin with, and do not concern 
yourself with details, until the large masses have been completely and sat- 
isfactorily arranged. In gardening this rule runs counter to most natural 
tendencies; we are much more apt to be interested in some particular 
flower that we love, than in questions of mass and grouping; some of us 
even go so far as to be more interested in the literary associations of the 
names than in the actual flowers. But if we are to achieve a really artistic 
result, we must sternly suppress these natural tendencies until the serious 
business of large composition is settled. 

This applies to any border larger than the very smallest, for if it be 
too small for anything over four feet high it may still be large enough for 
Azaleas and Peonies, and even the difference in mass between Gypsophila 
and Platycodon is important, if the latter be the most massive plant of 
our assortment. If, therefore, we were laying out grounds of considerable 
size, I would say, first, plant the trees, then the shrubs, then the perennials, 
and lastly, bulbs, bedding plants, and annuals. Do not merely plan all 
these and then start by planting perennials, but actually plant them in the 
given order. If funds will not warrant putting in trees and perennials the 
same year, do without the perennials. For, in the first place, the trees grow 
so much more slowly that they need the head start; in the second place, 
if they are not put in at the beginning, one thing and another may delay 
their planting from year to year, the composition all this while suffering 
for lack of what should have been its dominant note; and in the third 
place, every plan will require certain changes as it is developed, and if the 
perennials are planted first the location of the trees will probably be 
changed to suit the flowers, instead of the other way around; with a final 
result quite different, and probably very much inferior, to what was orig- 
inally intended. 

A SAMPLE PLAN 

To exemplify these principles in detail, suppose we have a garden to be 
planted. We will leave aside all consideration of trees, assuming that part 



INTRODUCTORY 7 

of the plan to have been settled, and study solely the composition of the 
hardy herbaceous border, which is the immediate subject of this book. 
Let us assume that our border is six feet wide, with access from one side 
only. It might be eight or ten feet wide if it could be reached from both 
sides, or it might be as narrow as four feet (less than that is hardly suffi- 
cient for perennials), but six feet is a good average. We will also assume that 
this border is fairly long, but for our purposes we will only consider a stretch 
of twenty feet, remembering, however, that it continues on at each end. 




Ma3o Plantinq-Plan and Elevation. 




Fig. 1 

The first thing to do is to get some "cross-section" paper, conveni- 
ently divided off into little squares; these we can call any size we like. 
In the accompanying sketches they are supposed to be one foot each 
way. Now having laid off our plot we proceed to plant the "big 
things" first. We will put down "Shrub A" and "Evergreen B" and 
two Peonies "A & B" grouped in a "Wild regularity," and we will 
arrange them so that in elevation, as seen in the upper drawing, they 



8 THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 

will form a pleasing mass composition (see above). Just what "Shrub 
A" and "Evergreen B" are does not concern us at present; all we are 
interested in is their size and shape, which we know will be constant 
throughout the season. A few evergreens, whether flowering or not, are 
invaluable in a border, aside from the solidity of their foliage, on account 
of their beauty in winter when the rest of the garden is waste. There is 
about them that air of enduring permanency in the ebb and flow of the 
flower tides which our imagination craves, and by this contrast they satisfy 
our artistic sensibilities. The Peonies also we locate now, for their hand- 
some deep green foliage provides constant solid masses throughout the 
summer, and as our planning proceeds they can be changed to Dictamnus 
if it is found desirable when the question of their bloom is considered. We 
have already occupied about a third of our planting space with foliage, but 
quite aside from the fact that there are few perennials so beautiful 
in bloom and easy of culture as Peonies, the space could in no way be 
better used than for this rich setting of green. 

After the shrubbery, the next thing is to consider those plants which, 
though not constant throughout the year, are biggest; obviously these are 
the tall perennials which are to be placed at the back of the border. Of 
these we will put in one patch of Hollyhocks (Althaea rosea) and two of 
Larkspur (Delphinium). The Delphinium in the central patch will grade 
in height by planting Delphinium Belladonna (No. 47 on the chart) at 
one end toward the front and at the other and behind, the taller Hybrids 
(No. 10 on the chart) . All the varieties of Delphinium combine beautifully 
in color, and the varying shades of blue and violet in such a combination 
give much greater brilliancy than a solid mass of a single variety would. 
Of course the Althaea and Delphinium will not be in the height of their 
glory at the same time, but as we will want each in its due season we will 
locate them now to be sure that they are there when the proper times come. 

So much for our background; now let us consider month by month 
the changing pictures that we are to construct within and against 
this setting. At this point it is necessary to combat another natural 
tendency. Naturally one thinks of a garden first as it will be in 
early spring, then as it will develop through the summer and on to the 
coming of frost; but if we reverse this course and consider our garden 
first in fall and last in spring, we will arrive much more easily at our final 
plan. For a glance at the charts will show that flowers over four feet high 
are extremely rare before July, while almost everything that blooms in 
May or earlier is less than a foot and a half in height. Consequently if 



INTRODUCTORY 9 

we are to locate the tall plants first we must start with the fall and work 
forward. Another good reason for this method is that while many plants 
become unsightly after their season is past, all of them are presentable 
up to their time of bloom. So we can be assured that every late-blooming 
plant we place will present a spot of green throughout the season. 

To begin then with October. The splendor of the late fall garden lies, 
as every one knows, in the Asters and the Chrysanthemums, so we will 
start with a sufficient quantity of these to form a good October composi- 




October- Ran and Elevation. 









r— 








\J? 


y% 


?4m 


'/77-1, 


<f 












\ 


/#£ 


w 










.%/, 


vfiA 


t" 


\/ 


Wffi 


wfa 




"""/ 


» 


f ^ 


— )> 


% 


fz&z 


%) 


M 


t, 


70S* 


fyw? 












h 


Wri 


J 


M6ti 


fJ>&. 


7/MA 


w 












\P 


y/zzt 














W/& 


tj 










Jti 


%m 


■A 


















fat 


%v 


m~A 


'- 

































































tion. The Delphinium may be blooming sparsely then, as it often does, 
so we wilkchoose the blue-violet New England Aster (No. 20) to go with 
it, and out Chrysanthemums shall be yellow and bronze. The tall Asters 
are rather thin and scrawny in their lower stems, so we will tuck them in 
behind Peony "A" which will partially screen them. One patch of Chrys- 
anthemums we will place where their handsome foliage will hide the 
Delphinium when it is cut down after its first bloom, and another will 
serve to shield the lower leaves of the Althaea, often brown and withered 



IO 



THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 



from fungus disease. This gives us the composition in blue, violet, and 
gold, indicated by the sketch for October, and few gardens can show a 
better display at a time when frost is in the air. 

Next for September. The chart shows us that of those plants al- 
ready located, the Asters will be blooming throughout this month, while 
the Delphinium will give its second crop in the first half and the Chrysan- 
themums will come into bloom toward the latter half of the month; there- 
fore we will draw these in, marking the Asters strongly in elevation and 




Oeptemblr: Plan and Elevation. 




the others more lightly. Obviously this is not enough for our September 
picture, so to replace the gold provided in October by the Chrysanthe- 
mums we will put in a tall yellow clump between the Delphinium and 
the evergreen. Running down the chart under the heading September, 
we find No. 16, Helenium autumnale, : var. superbus. This will do 
admirably, and to give a dash of emphasis, we will put in front a couple 
of bulbs of No. 5, Lilium Henryi, through whose tall orange pyramids of 



INTRODUCTORY n 

flowers the Helenium will show beautifully. In front of the Chrysanthe- 
mum we might put something blue or something white. White is especi- 
ally grateful in August, which we will have to consider next, and white will 
help us to resolve our harmony from one of blue and gold into one of other 
colors. So looking down the list of plants under two and a half feet high — 
the height of the Chrysanthemums — we find that No. 89, Achillea; No. 101, 
Phlox suffruticosa; No. 120, Dwarf Platycodon; and No. 146 Campanula 
carpatica are all white and bloom in August and September. The first 
two are rather high and the last one rather low, so we will choose the 
Platycodon, a most delightful flower, as its picture will prove to you 
if you are not already acquainted. The other whites we can use, too, 
to good advantage, so we will put the Phlox — the white variety Miss 
Lingard is one of the finest of all the Phloxes — around Peony "B," 
and the evergreen where it will not overlap anything, and the little 
Campanula carpatica where its dainty bells will grace the front, at the 
left hand of our composition. This gives enough for our September 
picture; white in the foreground, brilliant orange and yellow in the centre, 
with a suggestion of violet and blue showing toward the back. Miss 
Lingard, the chart says, will be blooming also in October, but her white 
blossoms will not harm the late fall picture in the least, and, rather, will 
fill up the composition on the right-hand side. 

For August the chart shows us that of those we have already planted, 
the Althaea, the Campanula, the Platycodon, the Helenium, and the Lilium 
Henryi will all be in bloom throughout the month, with the Phlox pro- 
ducing its second crop of flowers toward the end of this period. Yellow 
and white are our colors. The Hollyhocks we might make also yellow, 
but to lead up to a change in harmony let us plant them in shades of red 
and pink, and put in front a patch of the pink Physostegia, leading down 
to the little white Hairbells in the foreground. To balance this pink tone 
another patch of pink in the foreground to the right would be desirable. 
The chart gives for low-growing pink or red flowers blooming in August, No. 
135, Heuchera; No. 140, Callirhoe; and No. 164, Tunica. The Callirhoe 
continues into September and October, which is not altogether desirable, 
while the others lead us toward the spring, so either of these would be 
more suitable than the Callirhoe. In fact, either would be altogether 
suitable, but since we have to make a choice, suppose we decide on the 
Heuchera. That then will fill our composition for August. 

July is of all the months the season of greatest bloom. The chart 
shows us that we have already on our plan the Althaea, Physostegia, and 



12 



THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 



Campanula to the right, in shades of pink and white; in the centre thewhite 
Platycodon with the blue Delphinium behind it in its fullest glory at the 
beginning of the month; and to the left the coral Heuchera, with Delphin- 
ium and white Phlox also behind it at the beginning, though toward the end 
of the month the Heuchera will stand alone. To fill this hole we need some- 
thing of middle height that will harmonize with both coral and blue. 
Something white would do, but better still will be the graceful pale buff 
spikes of the Digitalis ambigua, No. 73, so that is what we will use here. 




Augidt- Plam amd Elevation. 




As far as quantity of bloom goes we do not need anything more for 
July, but the three groups do not seem very well knit together. Suppose, 
therefore, we put a spot of something in front of Shrub "A" and another 
spot toward the front of Peony " B." White or pink these should be, and 
from two to three feet high. The chart shows us half a dozen or more 
things that we might use, and of these we will choose for the left-hand spot 
a clump of Japanese Iris (No. 51) which will give a strong vertical accent, 



INTRODUCTORY 



13 



and for the other one, white peach-leaf Campanula (No. 94), the slender 
stems of which will not conceal the Platycodon behind, and with which its 
dainty white bells will accord very well. The Iris might be white also, 
for there are Japanese Irises, as the chart shows, which are practically 
white, but for a combination with the pink behind it and the two whites 
on either side of it, one of the deep wine-colored forms would probably be 
more effective; so we will decide on such a one. Our composition now 
consists of shades of rose and red to the left, changing through deep pur- 




July- Plan and Elevation. 



fS 


'fan 












y? 


/tofr, 


fyw/< 


7-4/. 


r 








T— 






MA 


7 M 




M 






1M 


'/>/? 




r 


Wa 


¥m. 












£t&. 


'jj/m 


v/R 


Mi. 


r 




































S/6 


V. 






















A 




fat 


faff/. 


frt 


m 


zm 


Pt 


>/4/)k 


f^/ 


& 


57% 


KW5- 




>/3 




fy? 


'%m. 


?h?l 




i/W 


p- 




y.G», 


mm 


y^» 












\{/f< 


>d. i 
















^\w6'/e 










i%3o 


~(70UC 


ye/a 


7MB 


'z >. 








A 


&L 



ple-claret to blue and white in the middle, and this again is toned to the 
right hand by buff and a touch of coral. 

June shows in bloom the Digitalis, Heuchera, and Phlox subulata 
on the left, throughout the month; the peach-leaf Campanula in the 
centre for all but the first week, and the Delphiniums, Iris, and Cam- 
panula carpatica for the latter half. This would leave the centre and 
left-hand side of our section of border quite bare of bloom in the first half of 



14 



THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 



the month were it not for the Peonies, which, commencing in May, con- 
tinue until the Iris and Delphinium are well started. And though numer- 
ically the number of plants in bloom may seem small even with this rein- 
forcement, yet such is the magnificence of the Peonies that two good 
plants alone would be sufficient to make beautiful many feet of garden 
border. So having only a little space along the front unplanted, which 
we will probably need for May flowers, we will be satisfied with what we 
already have for June. What color our Peonies are to be is yet unde- 




Jur-C.-PLAN AMD ELEVATION. 




cided. I would suggest a rose pink for Peony "A" to blend with our 
deep claret Iris, and a rather strong red for Peony "B" to give weight to 
the white which surrounds it. The following pages will tell us what 
varieties will furnish these colors. 

In May the Peonies do not commence until about the third week 
and none of the other things we have planted will be blooming at all, 
so we must at once fill in what space is still left to us. This seems to 



INTRODUCTORY 



i5 



divide into three spots, all right along the front, which are therefore es- 
pecially suited for plants a foot or less high. Fortunately almost all 
our May flowers come with this limit, so we have a considerable choice. 
If we decide to put in plants that will bloom in April also, as would seem 
wise, we narrow our choice, but there are still left plenty to fill our needs. 
The left-hand spot, closed in as it is by the Iris, by shrub "A," and by 
Peony "A," seems ideally suited for Primroses, and though these do not 
bloom through all of May they will last almost until Peony time. Siebold's 







Hay- Plan and Elevation. 




or the Polyantha Primrose may be used (No. 152, No. 153) or the splendid 
new hybrid, Veris superba (No. 154). If we should fill the other spaces 
with dwarf Phlox (No. 150) or dwarf Iris (No. 103), both violet, one of the 
yellow forms would be best here; but as neither the Phlox nor the Iris last 
till the end of May, let us use Primula Sieboldii to give our lavender in 
this spot, and fill the other spaces with Arabis (No. 159) and Alyssum 
(No. 139) ; white and yellow. Lavender, yellow, and white then along the 



16 THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 

front row, with the pink and red Peonies coming in when the lavender 
is gone, is the composition of our May garden and, with the exception of 
the Peonies, of our April garden also. 

One last thing we have to decide, and that is the nature of Shrub 
"A". What it is to be depends on when we will most need its bloom. 
Obviously May is this time, unless we are especially anxious to start 
off with a rush in April. There are several May blooming shrubs which 
would answer, and of these I choose the low-growing Mock Orange 
(Philadelphus Lemoinei), though Deutzia would serve equally well, and 
the beautiful bush rose, Mme. Georges Bruant, though commencing a little 
later, would give us white fragrant flowers until frost. 

So then, as we have planned it, this little strip of border will furnish us 
the whole summer long, from May-day almost to Thanksgiving, with a rich 
display of bloom, constantly changing as the seasons pass — in mass, in 
color, and in form of flowers — but always complete and harmonious. And 
the best of it is, these plants are all perfectly hardy and year after year 
will greet us in their due order without any other service on our part than 
the cultivating, spraying and mulching, and occasional dividing which all 
gardens demand. 

Of course this particular scheme could be varied in a great many ways. 
This is where individual taste and fancy come in. For example: sup- 
pose instead of Peony "B" we should decide to put in a plant of Dictam- 
nus (No. 72), white, then; as this blooms in June and July the patch of 
Campanula persicifolia in front is obviously unnecessary and its place 
may be given to something which will help our early spring compositions. 
This latter must not make a high foliage growth and yet should cover the 
ground fairly well after its bloom is past, and it would also be well if it 
were a little higher than our edging plants. To all these requirements 
Anemone sylvestris (No. 126) answers perfectly; so with these two we have 
rearranged our pictures for April, May, June, and July, and in this way we 
might continue almost indefinitely. The great thing in any planning is to 
proceed in an orderly manner and to make each picture satisfactory be- 
fore we proceed to the next. 

After our planning is all done and the garden planted we will find in 
the course of the year, especially at first when our plants have not grown 
to full size, many spots, that may be wisely embellished with occa- 
sional annuals set in and taken out as occasion offers, and also many spots 
under shrubbery and among edgings where perennial bulbs may flaunt 
their dainty flowers to welcome the coming of the first spring days. But 



INTRODUCTORY 17 

all that is another matter and like the "nicknacks and drapes" about the 
house, must wait till the house is built and furnished before we consider 
them. 

Lastly there is one more suggestion from the "curious Pencil of the 
Ever Memorable Sir Henry," which I wish to include. "Though other 
Countries," says he, "have more benefit of Sun than we, and thereby more 
properly tied to contemplate this delight; yet have I seen in our own, a. 
delicate and diligent curiosity, surely without parallel among foreign Na- 
tions; Namely, in the Garden of Sir Henry Fanshaw, at his Seat in Ware 
Park; where, I well remember, he did so precisely examine the tinctures 
and seasons of his flowers, that in their settings the inwardest of those 
which were to come up at the same time should be always a little darker 
than the outmost, and so serve them for a kind of gentle shadow, like a 
piece, not of Nature, but of Art. So much of Gardens." 

INDIVIDUAL PLANT RECORDS 

Unfortunately for the accuracy of such a book as this, the behavior 
of plants varies very much in different soils and localities and in different 
years, so to enable the garden enthusiast to correct and adjust to his 
particular vine and fig tree the data given, the blank forms on the left- 
hand pages have been introduced. The idea is that by writing in for 
several years the behavior of the plants described on the pages opposite, 
giving under each month the height, condition of foliage, beginning and 
ending of blooming season, etc., with notes at the bottom as to whether 
these years were wet or dry or hot or cold, very accurate judgments may 
be formed as to what can be expected of each plant in the soil and local- 
ity in question, and what treatment, therefore, will produce the best re- 
sults. The tables at the bottom of the left-hand pages are to permit 
the addition of plants not included in the book; for many of us have pet 
varieties and special hobbies which could not be included in a limited selec- 
tion such as this must necessarily be. These favorites should have their 
descriptions and requirements placed under the appropriate headings, on 
the pages opposite those to which their Latin names come nearest in alpha- 
betical order. 



THE GARDEN BLUEBOOK 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ACHILLEA 



(Named for the Greek hero Achilles, who is said to have used it to heal Tetephus) 

Composite? 

17. Achillea Eupatorium {A. filipendulina) 
English Name: Fern-leaved yarrow. 

THE ORIENT JULY 



IARGE, slightly convex heads often five inches across, of tiny clear 
-> yellow flowers, carried on erect stems four or five feet high; foliage 
fernlike and rather inconspicuous. Of rather coarse and weedy ap- 
pearance, and not suit- 
able for planting in small 
gardens, but forming con- 
spicuous masses of a 
beautiful brilliant lemon 
yellow which cannot be 
obtained with any other 
plant. Excellent, there- 
fore, for garden compo- 
sitions on a large scale or 
for naturalizing against 
shrubbery or in barren 
places. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any soil; prefers dry, 
sunny places; usually re- 
quires staking. 

Propagate by cut- 
tings, seeds, or chiefly by 
division in spring. 




21 






Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant ff Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ACHILLEA 



(Named for the Greek hero Achilles, who is said to have used it to heal Telephus) 
Composite 

88. Achillea Millefolium, var. roseum 

English Names: Rosy milfoil, Rosy yarrow, Thousand leaf, Thousand- 
leaved clover, Nosebleed, Bloodwort, Carpenter's grass, Sanguinary, Soldier's 
woundwort, Old-man's pepper. 

S. EUROPE, ASIA, N. AMERICA JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



BROAD, flat heads of tiny pink flowers, carried on erect, leafy stems 
one to three feet high. Foliage fernlike, dark green, pretty and 
persistent, though rather inconspicuous. A plant not often used in 
the herbaceous border, 
its somewhat unrefined 
character, and the fre- 
quency with which it is 
found in a wild state, 
causing it to be gen- 
erally classed as a weed. 
Properly used, however, 
it is effective in the 
herbaceous border; and 
is good for naturalizing 
in front of shrubbery or 
in barren places as it is 
not injured by drought. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial, of easiest culture 
in any soil, even poor and 
dry. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by cuttings 
or by division. 




23 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS Etc 


• 








General Observations 



N£ LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (H<sbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Proper ation 



/ 



ACHILLEA 

(Named for the Greek hero Achilles, who is said to have used it to heal Telephus) 
Composites 

89. Achillea Ptarmica, var. flore pleno, "The Pearl" 

English Names: Double Sneezewort, Sneezewort yarrow, White tansy, Goose 
tongue, Wild pellitory, Fair Maids of France, Seven-years' love. 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, 
TYPE FROM N. TEMPERATE ZONE 



MID-MAY 
TO MID-OCTOBER 



DOUBLE flowers in small, round, snow-white balls, profusely borne 
on branching leafy stems, forming a mass of bloom one to two feet 
high. Foliage small and narrow, persistent, but rather inconspicuous. 
Good for the herbaceous 
border on account of its 
profusion of bloom; and 
for naturalizing by the 
waterside. Excellent also 
for cutting. The flowers 
should be picked con- 
stantly, for when past 
their first bloom they 
turn brown and present 
an unsightly rusty ap- 
pearance. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any good garden soil. 
Thrives best in well- 
watered rich soil though 
it will stand a consider- 
able amount of drought. 
Prefers sun. 

Propagate by cut- 
tings or by division. 




25 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET« 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ACHILLEA 



(Named for the Greek hero Achilles, who is said to have used it to heal Telephus) 

Composites 

143. Achillea tomentosa 
English Names: Woolly yarrow, Woolly milfoil. 

THE ORIENT, EUROPE, N. AMERICA JUNE AND JULY 



SMALL bright yellow flowers borne in clusters on a neat downy mat- 
like plant growing eight to ten inches high. Leaves feathery, ever- 
green, and very pretty. Excellent as an edging for the herbaceous bor- 
der, though perhaps even 
better suited to the rock 
garden, as its appearance 
suggests a wild flower 
rather than a carefully 
cultivated garden plant. 
Good also for cutting 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any soil, even though 
poor and dry. Will 
stand drought well and 
prefers full sun. 

Propagate by cutting, 
by seed, or by division. 




27 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS Etc 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 






Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag action 



ACONITUM 

(From akoniton, the Greek name for the plant) 

Ranunculacca 

18. Aconitum NapfSllus {A. pyramiddle; A. tauricum) 

English Names: Aconite, Monk's hood, Helmet flower, Wolf's bane, Friar's 
cap, Friar's cowl, Cuckoo's cap, Face in hood, Jacob's chariot, Blue rocket. 

EUROPE, ASIA, AND N. AMERICA AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 

AN ORNAMENTAL plant with large deep purple flowers of a curi- 
IX. ous helmet shape, growing in loose spikes on erect stems three to five 
feet high. Foliage finely divided, dark and handsome; persistent. Ex- 
cellent for the herbaceous 
border or for naturalizing 
against shrubbery, prefer- 
ably with lightfoliage;but 
should never be planted 
too near the kitchen gar- 
den or children's garden, 
as the root (a globular 
tuber), leaves, and flowers 
are highly poisonous. 
Good also for cutting. 

In some localities the 
Aconite grows to a height 
of seven or more feet 
and has to be staked or 
treated as a vine; in 
others it barely attains a 
height of three feet. 

A perennial which, 
though sometimes slow 
in becoming established, 
is perfectly hardy when 
once it has a firm footing. 
Will grow in any garden 
soil, but a rich moist soil 
is preferable. Thrives in 
open sun, but the flowers 
will last longer in shady places. Propagate by division. 




29 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq±>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ACONITUM 

(From akoniten, the Greek name for the plant) ^ 

Ranunculacea 

19. Aconitum Napellus, var. album {A. pyramiddle, var. album; 
A. tauricum, var. album) 

English Names: White monk's hood, White helmet flower, White wolf's 

bane, White aconite, etc. 



EUROPE, ASIA, N. AMERICA 



AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



AN ORNAMENTAL plant with large, slightly bluish, white flowers of 
Ix. a curious helmet shape, growing in loose spikes on erect stems three 
to five feet high. Foliage finely divided, dark and handsome; persistent. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border or for natu- 
ralizing against shrub- 
bery. The root, leaves, 
and flowers are highly 
poisonous. Good also 
for cutting. 

In northern localities 
the Aconitum grows con- 
siderably taller than in 
the south. 

A perennial which, 
though sometimes slow in 
becoming established, is 
perfectly hardy whenonce 
it has a firm footing. Will 
grow in any garden soil, 
but a rich moist one is pref- 
erable. Thrives in open 
sun, but flowers will last 
longer in shaded places. 

Propagate by di- 
vision. 

Var. bicolor, and var. 
versicolor, have large 
mixed blue-and-white 
flowers and are among 

the few flowers of mixed colors which are altogether pleasing. 

31 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E?P 










General Observations 






N& LATIN NAME 






Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ADONIS 

(Named for the favorite of Venus in Greek legend, from whose blood the flower is said to have sprung) 

Ranunculacees 

133. Adonis vernalis {A. apennlna; A. Davurica) 

English Names: Vernal Pheasant's eye, Spring Adonis, Ox eye, Bird's eye, 

False hellebore. 



EUROPE 



APRIL THROUGH MAY 



IARGE, solitary yellow buttercuplike flowers carried on very leafy 
-/ stems about one foot high. Foliage finely cut, in whorls forming 
dense tufts. Dies to the ground after blooming. Very lovely both in 
delicacy and brillance of 
flower and daintiness of 
foliage. May be effect- 
ively used under shrub- 
bery to give color in early 
spring in spots which 
will later be covered up. 
Excellent for the front of 
the herbaceous border or 
for the rock garden. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in full sun or 
half-shade; will grow in 
any good soil, but prefers 
a light moist earth or 
sandy soil, and a shady 
situation. 

Propagate by seed 
sown as soon as ripe, or 
by root division. 




33 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
"VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS Etc 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



AGROSTEMMA 

(From the Greek agros y a field, and stemma, a garland) 
Caryopkylldcea 

84. Agrostemma Coronaria (* Lychnis Corondria; Corondria 

tomentosa) 

English Names: Mullen pink, Dusty miller, Rose Campion, Gardener's eye. 

EUROPE, ASIA JUNE AND JULY 



IARGE circular flowers, an inch and a half across, varying from white 
-J to rich crimson, borne singly on the ends of stems which fork toward 
the top of the plant and reach a height of one, to two and one half 
feet. The leaves are long 
and oval, somewhat like 
those of the mullen; 
leaves and stems woolly 
throughout, of a pale 
silvery color and per- 
sistent, though after 
the blooming season 
the plant is considerably 
lower than when in 
bloom. A common plant 
in old gardens and very 
effective for herbaceous 
borders or for the rock 
garden, the flowers, es- 
pecially the darker 
shades, forming a strik- 
ing contrast with the 
whitish foliage. 

A hardy perennial or 
self-sowing biennial of 
easiest culture in or- 
dinary garden soil. 
Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed. 

* Name most approved by bo- 
tanical authorities. 




3S 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET« 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)itat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 






Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 






AJUGA 

(From the Latin a t not, and jugare, to yoke; because the calyx is not bilabiate) 
Labiates 

1 60. Ajuga reptans 

English Names: Bugle, Bugle weed, Carpenter's herb, Middle comfrey, 
Middle consound, Sicklewort, Dead man's bellows, Helfringwort, Wild mint. 



EUROPE 



MAY AND EARLY JUNE 



NUMEROUS small blue flowers carried in erect spikes, from six to 
twelve inches high, on creeping leafy stems. Foliage oval and 
glossy, forming a dense ground covering. A very fast-spreading creeper 
useful for covering shady 
slopes. 

A hardy perennial of 
easiest culture in any 
common soil; will grow 
in sun or shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

Var. rubra. More 
commonly cultivated 
than the type, on ac- 
count of its dark pur- 
plish leaves; its flow- 
ers are blue like those of 
the type. 

Var. variegata (shown 
in the photograph) has 
leaves splashed and edged 
with creamy yellow. 
Not so good as the type. 




37 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant ff Foliage (Ho£>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ALSTROEMERIA 

(Named for Baron Alstroemer, a friend of Linnaeus) 

Amaryllidacea 

85. Alstroemeria chilensis 
English Names: Chilian lily, Peruvian lily. 

CHILE JULY AND AUGUST 



SLENDER, irregular, lilylike blossoms varying from rose to cream, 
carried in a loose spike on somewhat weak, leafy stems about two and a 
half feet high. Foliage rather slender and grayish-green, not persistent, 
and should be concealed 
after the bloomingseason. 
Very effective in the her- 
baceous border or against 
a background of shrub- 
bery. The flowers last 
well when cut. 

A delicate tuberous- 
rooted perennial which 
is usually hardy as far 
north as Washington, 
and with proper treat- 
ment seems regularly 
to survive the winters 
in points farther north. 
Should be deeply 
planted in a partially 
shaded situation. The 
best soil is a rather light 
compound of vegetable 
humus; or decayed cow 
or stable manure well 
worked into any light, 
well-drained soil will 
do. Alstroemerias should 
be liberally supplied 
with water at all times 
during growth, and in winter should be covered with leaves to a depth 
of eight inches or more. The surest treatment in cold climates is to lift 




39 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N£ LATIN NAME 






Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



85. Alstrcemeria chilensis (Continued) 

the tuber as soon as the foliage has died down and winter it in any place 
free from frost. 

The tubers increase rapidly and the plant may be helped by frequent 
division. It may also be easily propagated by seed sown in the fall and 
well protected in the winter; will bloom the next summer. 



41 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 






Plants Foliage (Hobit® Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag action 



ALTHAEA 

(From the Greek altheo, to cure) 
Malvacca 

I. Althaea rosea 
English Names: Hollyhock, Althea Rose. 



CHINA 



JULY AND AUGUST 



IARGE, widely open single or double flowers, five inches across, and 
_V ranging in color from yellow and white through pink and red, almost 
to black, on a spirelike stem sometimes over seven feet high. Leaves 
large, rough, irregularly 
round and wavy edged, 
mostly in a clump at the 
base of the plant. 

An old garden favorite 
and unequalled for plant- 
ing in rows against walls 
or at the back of the her- 
baceous border. 

A hardy biennial 
which self-sows so 
readily that it is often 
considered a perennial. 
Since the middle of the 
last century it has been 
subject to a fungous dis- 
ease of such virulence that 
it has been excluded from 
many hardy gardens, and 
only now seems to be 
coming back into the 
favor it deserves. 
Thorough spraying early 
in the year, especially 
of the under side of the 
leaves where the dis- 
ease appears as small 
rust spots, is the only preventive known. Bordeaux mixture may be used 
or ammoniacal carbonate of copper, which will not stain the leaves. 




43 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 






N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



I. Althaea rosea (Continued) • 

A sunny situation should be chosen and the ground should be deeply 
cultivated with a considerable quantity of rotted manure well worked in. 
The roots should be covered with manure in the winter, and plenty of 
water given in dry weather. 

The single-flowered forms are handsomer than the double forms, and 
are usually of freer growth. The "Allegheny" Hollyhocks are a fine 
large-flowered strain, both single and double. There is a tendency in the 
double forms to be top-heavy, and all forms sometimes require staking. 

Propagate by seed (will blossom the second year) or, if free from disease, 
from cuttings from offshoots. 



45 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hel>ited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Proper stion 



ALYSSUM 

(The classical Greek name, perhaps signifying "curing blindness") 
Crucifera 

139. Alyssum saxatile, var. compactum 
English Names: Rock Madwort, Golden Tuft, Basket of Gold. 

EUROPE APRIL AND MAY 



SMALL, fragrant, golden-yellow flowers in compact clusters profusely 
borne on low, leafy, spreading stems, woody at the base, less than a 
foot high. Leaves small and rather slender, silvery and persistent, form- 
ing a compact spreading 
mat. Excellent for edg- 
ing the herbaceous border 
or for the rock garden, on 
account of its neat habit 
and the brilliant sheet of 
color it forms in early 
spring. Good also for 
cutting. If the flower 
stems are cut back after 
blooming, a second crop 
of blossoms may be ex- 
pected late in the fall or 
even after frost. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture, 
prefers well-drained soil 
and a sunny situation; 
succeeds in very dry 
places. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 

Var. variegdtum has 
variegated foliage but is 
not so good as var. com- 
pactum. 




47 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 






ANCHUSA 

(From the Greek anchousa, the ancient name of the plant and also of a red dye, " Alkanet," made from the roots) 

Boraginacea 

31. Anchusa italica, var. Dropmore 
English Names : Bugloss (from Greek, meaning ox tongue), Ox tongue, Alkanet. 

SOUTH EUROPE EARLY MAY TO MID-JULY 



TRUMPET-SHAPED flowers about three quarters of an inch across, 
of bright gentian blue in pyramidal spikes formed of many- 
small flower clusters on short leafy stems, carried on upright, much- 
branching leafy stalks, 
three to six feet high. 
The leaves are rough and 
glossy, of a long pointed- 
oval shape, sometimes 
two feet long at the bot- 
tom of the plant, and 
become unsightly after 
blooming. Without 
proper treatment the An- 
chusa is only a rough 
straggling plant with 
small blue blossoms, but 
with proper treatment it 
becomes a splendid bright 

blue pyramid, compara- tVf. -f 

ble to the Larkspur in 
brilliance, and blooming 
continuously for two or 
three months if not al- 
lowed to seed. 

A hardy perennial in 
theory; in practice the 
fleshy roots become hol- 
low as they grow old, fill 
with water in winter, and 
rot. It is best propa- 
gated by root cuttings two or three inches long, which should be started, 
right end up, in the cold-frame in October. In the spring the young plants 




49 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



H&bit&i. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 






31. Anchusa italica, var. Dropmore {Continued) 

should be set out in deep, light, rich soil in a sunny situation, and well 
cultivated, giving plenty of water and, occasionally, liquid manure. In 
winter they should be mulched and covered with a little cone of earth or 
sand to prevent water from standing about the roots. 

Anchusaswill bloom the second year and, if not winter-killed, the third 
as well. They rarely give more than two seasons of bloom. They should 
be cut to the ground after blooming, fertilized, and liberally watered. 
They may also be propagated by seed, though not so rapidly. 

Perry s var. is similar to the Dropmore var. but a little more robust. 



Si 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 






N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hot>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ANCHUSA 



(From the Greek anckousa t the ancient name of the plant and also of a red dye, " alkanet," made from the roots) 

zinacea 



32. Anchusa italica, var. "Opal" 
English Names: Bugloss (from Greek, meaning ox tongue), Ox tongue, Alkanet. 

SOUTH EUROPE MID-MAY TO MID-JULY 



TRUMPET-SHAPED flowers about three quarters of an inch across, 
of forget-me-not blue, in pyramidal spikes formed of many small 
flower clusters on short leafy stems, carried on upright, much-branching, 
leafy stalks three to six 
feet high. The leaves are 
rough and glossy, of a 
long-pointed, oval shape, 
sometimes two feet long 
at the bottom of the plant, 
and become unsightly 
after blooming. With- 
out proper treatment the 
Anchusa is only a rough, 
straggling plant with 
small blue blossoms; but 
with proper treatment it 
becomes a splendid, 
bright blue pyramid, 
comparable to the Lark- 
spur in brilliance, and 
blooming continuously 
for two or three months 
if not allowed to seed. 

For cultivation see 
preceding page. 

Anchusas rarely give 
more than two seasons of 
bloom. They should be 
cut to the ground after 
blossoming, fertilized and 
liberally watered. Propagate by root, cutting (see preceding page), or 
more slowly, by seed. 




S3 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ANEMONE 

(The Greek name, anemone, the windflower, from anemos, wind) 
Ranunculacea 

60. Anemone japonica 
English Name: Japanese windflower. 

CHINA, JAPAN SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 



BEAUTIFUL, delicate single or semi-double flowers, two to three 
inches in diameter, pale rose or white with yellow centres, borne on 
slender branching stems two or three feet high. The leaves are much 
lobed and very decorative, 
mostly in clumps at the 
base of the plant. Very 
handsome in the herba- 
ceous border, among 
shrubbery, or in clumps 
under trees. The flowers 
are excellent for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture, thrives best 
in fresh, rather rich sandy 
loam, well-drained, but 
will do well in any gar- 
den soil if not allowed 
to suffer from drought 
in summer, and if pro- 
tected with a light layer 
of leaves in winter. Will 
grow in full sun, but 
prefers a slight amount of 
shade. Unlike most per- 
ennials, it should not be 
disturbed when once es- 
tablished. 

Propagate by seed or 
by root offshoots, best 
planted in the spring. 

The following varieties are all excellent 

Var. alba. Single, pure white. 




55 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 


Common Name 


Season HeJ>itc\l. 


Flower (Color & Height) 




Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 




Uses 




Culture 






Propevg action 






60. Anemone japonica (Continued) 

Var. rosea. Single, purplish rose. 
Var. rubra. Double, red. 
Var. Whirlwind. Semi-double, white. 
Var. Queen Charlotte. Semi-double, pale silvery pink. 
Var. Lady Ardilaun. Single, pure white, very like var alba in flower, 
but having a waxy gloss to the foliage. 



57 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ANEMONE 

(The Greek name, anemone, the windflower, from anemos, wind) 
Ranunculacea 

126. Anemone sylvestris 
English Name: Snowdrop windflower. 

EUROPE, SIBERIA MID-APRIL THROUGH JUNE 

IARGE, fragrant, pure white, waxy, cup-shaped flowers, an inch and 
-rf a half across, carried singly or two together on slender, nodding 
stems one foot to a foot and a half long. Leaves fine and deeply cut. 
Excellent in clumps in the 
herbaceous border or 
under trees, on account 
of the delicate beauty of 
the flowers. Good also 
for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any good 
soil. Will grow in sun 
or shade though it prefers 
shade. In the garden it 
produces so many off- 
sets that unless these are 
removed occasionally the 
plant will deteriorate. 

Propagate by divi- 
sion. 

Var. flore-pleno. A 
large double-flowered 
variety not so good as 
the type. 




59 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (HqJ>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ANTHEMIS 

(From Anthemis the Greek name for the camomile) 

Composite 

90. Anthemis tinctdria 
English Names: Golden Marguerite, Rock camomile. 

EUROPE JUNE THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



V 



IARGE daisylike golden flowers, one to two inches across, pro- 
^d fusely borne on vigorous bushy stems two to three feet high. Fo- 
liage finely cut, fernlike. If planted in fairly large masses it makes a 
fine showing, but should 
always be framed by 
plants of strong foliage 
as its thin stems and 
delicate leaves are apt to 
appear straggling. Excel- 
lent for the herbaceous 
border and for cut flowers, 
especially useful for rather 
dry places. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture; 
will thrive in almost any 
soil, but needs full ex- 
posure to the sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
division. 

A. Kelwayi (or A. tinc- 
tdria, var. Kelwayi) has 
more finely cut foliage, 
and flowers of a deeper 
yellow. Excellent. 




61 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 






Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HqJ>H & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ANTHERICUM 

(From the Greek anihos, a flower, and erkos, a hedge) 
Liliacea 

91. Anthericum Liliastrum, var. major (*Paradisea Lilidstrum, 

var. major) 

English Name: St. Bruno's lily. 



/ 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETY 
TYPE FROM S. EUROPE 



EARLY MAY THROUGH JUNE 



FRAGRANT, white, lilylike flowers tipped with green on the outside, 
two inches long and two and a half inches across, borne in loose spikes 
on stems two to three feet high. Foliage rushlike; leaves stiff", two feet or 
so long, springing from 
the root. Charming in 
the herbaceous border or 
rock garden (as might be 
expected from the name, 
which signifies "Star-lily 
from Paradise"). Excel- 
lent also for cut flowers. 

A hardy perennial of 
easiest culture, growing 
in any garden soil in 
sun or shade. Requires 
plenty of water when in 
bloom, and should have a 
covering of leaves or lit- 
ter in the winter. 

Propagate by seed 
or by division. 



The type, A. Lil- 
idstrum, of which var. 
major is a horticultural 
variety, is similar but 
neither so large nor so 
floriferous. 



* Name most approved by bo- 
tanical authorities. 




63 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



AQUILEGIA 



(From the Latin aquilegus, water-drawer, not as is commonly said from aquila, eagle) 
Ranunculacea 

127. Aquilegia caerulea {A. leptoceras; A. macrdntha) 
English Names: Rocky Mountain columbine, Long-spurred columbine. 

ROCKY MOUNTAINS, MONTANA TO N. MEXICO MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE 



IARGE sky-blue flowers varying to whitish, two and one half to three 
U inches across, with long, slender, slightly out-curving spurs, tipped 
at the end with greenish knobs ; carried on branching stems one to one and a 
half feet high. The leaves 
are large and handsome, 
divided into three-lobed 
leaflets, but do not last 
after the blooming season. 
Excellent massed in 
clumps in the herbaceous 
border or rock garden, 
and good for cut- 
ting. 

Theoretically a hardy 
perennial, it rarely 
blooms more than two 
or three seasons and 
should be treated as a bi- 
ennial. Of easiest culture, 
preferring a light sandy 
soil, moist but well- 
drained, and a sunny 
situation. 

May be propagated 
by seed sown in spring, 
but is apt not to come 
true to seed if there are 
other varieties planted 
near, as all Columbines 
hybridize very readily. 

Var. alba. Similar but entirely white. 

Var. flore-pleno. Large and showy flowers, more or less doubled, 

not so graceful as the type. 

6 S 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



NS LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



AQUILEGIA 



(From the Latin aquilegus, water-drawer, not as is commonly said from aquila, eagle) 
RanunculacecB 

38. Aquilegia chrysantha {A. leptoceras, var. chrysdntha) 
English Name: Golden-spurred columbine. 



N. MEXICO AND ARIZONA 



EARLY MAY TO EARLY AUGUST 



NUMEROUS slightly fragrant, clear yellow flowers, two to three 
inches across, with rather straight, very slender divergent spurs 
two inches long, carried on graceful branching stems three to four 
feet high. Foliage dark 
and handsome, divided 
into three-lobed leaflets, 
and lasting well through- 
out the summer. Excel- 
lent in the herbaceous 
border or rock garden, 
and good for cutting. 

A hardy perennial, the 
most hardy of the Colum- 
bines, of easy culture, 
preferring a deep, moist, 
but well-drained, sandy 
loam, in a somewhat shel- 
tered situation, but with 
plenty of sun. 

Propagate by divi- 
sion or by seed, sown as 
early as possible. 

Var. alba. Flowers 
very pale yellowor nearly 
white . 

Var. Jaeschkani. A 
smaller plant not ex- 
ceeding one and one half 
feet high, flowers large, 
yellow with red spurs, 
thought to be a hybrid of A. chrysdntha and A. Skinneri, hence some- 
times called A. Skinneri, var. hybrida. 

6 7 




NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



AQLHLEGIA 

(From the Latin aquilegus, water-drawer, not as is commonly said from aquila f eagle) 

Ranuncula$€(Z 

68. Aquilegia vulgaris, var. nivia grandiflora 
{A. vulgaris, var. alba, A. stellata, A. atrata) 

English Names: Common European columbine, Munstead's white columbine. 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETY 
TYPE FROM EUROPE AND SIBERIA 



MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE 



A PROFUSION of large pure white flowers with stout, much incurved 
spurs, knobbed at the end, carried on graceful branching stems from 
one and one half to three feet high. Foliage durable and handsome, divided 
into three-lobed leaflets, 
forming a vigorous plant 
of compact habit. Excel- 
lent in the herbaceous 
border or rock garden, 
and good for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture, preferring 
a light, fairly rich sandy 
loam, moist but well- 
drained, a somewhat shel- 
teredsituation,andplenty 
of sun. 

Propagate best by 
seed. 

A. vulgaris, the type 
of which A. vulgaris var. 
nivia grandiflora is a 
horticultural variety, has 
given rise to a host of 
varieties and hybrids 
ranging through many 
peculiar shades of pink 
and blue. As many of 
these are ugly, the white 
form is the only one 
recommended; it cer- 
tainly is the finest. 

Var. flore-pleno is a series of much-doubled forms, of a wide range of 

color, not so fine as the single forms. 

69 



' 






■KZv^^^^^^l 








BkSS^- '""* ■* '-SB 


. 






Kp^ 




V 




Wok '<.' j 9K^S| jHJ 


■.^y & 




•. jj 






0§. 


' s 




W/^rJkb : ? BOm aT 










^r .. • 










1 


,_ _ , 








■K 1 


■ 


':,.: " v' : \ ';■'';■ 






|.ftr 







NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Ho±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ARABIS 



(From arabis, the Greek name meaning the "Arabian plant") 

Cruci feres 

159. Arabis albida {A. caucdsicd) 
English Names: White rockcress, White molewort. 

EUROPE APRIL AND MAY 



VERY fragrant, pure white flowers, in small loose clusters profusely 
borne on stiff", erect, branching, leafless stems six to eight inches 
high. Leaves long-oval, scalloped along the edges, and rather thick, 
growing close to the 
ground at the base of 
the flower stalks; persist- 
ent. Excellent for 
edgings in the herbaceous 
border, for rock gardens, 
or for covering bare 
places or steep banks. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture, thriving even in 
poor soil. Requires plenty 
of sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, and by division. 

Var. variegdta, a va- 
riety with gold and green 
variegated foliage. 

Var. flore-pleno, dou- 
ble flowers. 

Neither so good as the 
type. 



**t 








'.: W 
f 




*S& ' IBS* 





71 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJbitext. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hd±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ARMERIA 

(An old Latin name) 
Plumbaginacea 

161. Armeria maritima var. splendens {A. vulgaris, var. splendens) 

English Names: Thrift, Sea pink, Cushion pink, Seaside thrift, Sea turf, 
ClifF rose, Ladies' cushion, Sea cushion, Marsh or sea daisy, French or Scawfall 
pink, Sea gilliflower, Sea grass. 

EUROPE AND N. AMERICA ALONG THE SEACOAST LATE MAY TO MID-JUNE 



/ 



SMALL pink flowers in dense globular heads an inch and a half in 
diameter, borne on straight, naked stalks two to twelve inches high. 
Foliage in rosettes of narrow evergreen leaves close to the ground. 
Blooms profusely and is 
excellent for rock gardens 
and as an edging for 
the herbaceous border, 
especially on account of 
its low, trim evergreen 
foliage. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture even in poor soil. 
Will stand a considerable 
amount of drought. Pre- 
fers well-drained sandy 
loam and sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
division. 




73 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit® Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASCLEPIAS 

(From Asklepios, the Greek name for Aesculapius, a legendary physician) 
Asclepiadacece 

92. Asclepias tuberosa 

English Names: Butterfly weed, Pleurisy root, Canada root, Indian posy, 
Orange root, Orange swallow wort, Tuber root, White root, Wind root, Yellow 
or orange milkweed. 



N. AMERICA 



MID-JULY TO MID-AUGUST 



IARGE, fragrant clusters of brilliant yellow or orange flowers carried 
J on erect stems two to three feet high. Leaves small, elongated 
oval, light in color, and not particularly conspicuous. When in bloom 
one of the most gorgeous 
flowers in the garden, but 
should be cut down or 
hidden when bloom is 
past. Excellent for the 
herbaceous border, for 
planting in clumps among 
shrubs, and good for cut- 
ting. 

One of the hardiest 
perennials, of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, grows 
well in dry banks and 
fields in full sun. 

Propagate by divi- 
sion. 




75 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek aster, star) 
Composite 

144. Aster alpinus 
English Names: Dwarf aster, Alpine aster. 

EUROPE EARLY MAY TO MID-JUNE 



IARGE, solitary, star-shaped flowers, bluish-purple with yellow centres, 
J borne on small-leaved stems three to ten inches high. Larger 
pointed-oval leaves form handsome clusters on the ground. Excellent 
for rock garden or for 
edging the herbaceous 
border. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture in 
any ordinary soil. Will 
grow in sun or partial 
shade, but should be pro- 
tected from very hot sun 
in summer. 

Propagate by seed, 
or generally by divi- 
sion. 

Var. specibsus. Taller 
and stronger than the 
type, with large rich pur- 
ple flowers three to four 
inches across. 

Var dlbus. Flowers 
pure white. 

Var. superbus. Showy 
free-flowering form with 
large bright blue flowers. 




77 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 






Plant & Foliage (Ho±>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek asier y star) 
Composites 

69. Aster grandifldrus 
English Names: Michaelmas daisy, Starwort. 

N. AMERICA SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 



IARGE, dark bluish-violet starlike flowers, sometimes two inches in 
J diameter with yellow centres, freely borne on distinctive bushy 
plants two or three feet tall. The finest flower of the hardy Asters and 
the latest to come into 
bloom. Excellent for the 
herbaceous border or for 
naturalizing among 
shrubbery. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any ordinary soil, even 
though poor and dry. It 
well repays careful atten- 
tion, however, for planted 
in good soil and given 
plenty of moisture, very 
handsome specimen 
plants may be developed. 
Should have full sun. 

Propagate by seed 
or by division. 




79 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants foliage (HeJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek aster, star) 
Composited 

20. Aster novae-angliae 

English Names: New England aster, Michaelmas daisy, Starwort, Frost- 
flower, Good-bye-summer. 



NEW ENGLAND 



SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 



STAR-SHAPED flowers an inch to an inch and a half in diameter, 
of various shades of bluish-violet with yellow centres, covering 
much-branching shrubby plants three to five feet high. Foliage coarse 
and rather inconspicuous, 
especially at the bottom 
of the plant, which should 
be concealed by one of the 
lower-growing varieties. 
Striking in the herbaceous 
border or among shrub- 
bery. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any ordinary soil, 
even though poor and 
dry. Responds readily, 
however, to good soil and 
moisture. Will not en- 
dure much shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

Var. Wm. Bowman. 
Large rosy-purple flow- 
ers somewhat taller than 
the type. Excellent. 




NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek aster, star) 
Composite 

21. Aster novae -angliae, var. roseus 

English Names: New England aster, Michaelmas daisy, Starwort, Frost- 
flower, Good-bye-summer. 



NEW ENGLAND 



SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 



STAR-SHAPED flowers an inch to an inch and a half in diameter, of 
clear rose color with yellow centre, covering much-branching shrubby 
plants three to five feet high. Foliage coarse and rather inconspicuous, 
especially at the bottom 
of the plant, which should 
be concealed by one of the 
lower-growing varieties. 
Striking in the herbaceous 
border or among shrub- 
bery. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any ordinary soil, even 
though poor and dry. 
Responds readily, how- 
ever, to good soil and 
moisture. Will not en- 
dure much shade. 

Var. Mrs. J. F. Ray- 
nor, taller than the type, 
with vivid crimson flow- 
ers. 




83 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek aster t star) 
Composites 

22. Aster novi-belgii, var. F. W. Burbidge 

English Names: New York aster, Starwort. 

N. AMERICA SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 

STAR-SHAPED flowers an inch in diameter, of light pinkish lavender 
with yellow or brownish centres, covering much-branching shrubby 
plants three to four feet high. Foliage rather inconspicuous but better 
than that of the New 
England varieties; liable 
to mildew in cool damp 
weather, but without in- 
jury to the plant. Excel- 
lent for the herbaceous 
border, especially in front 
of the taller-growing 
varieties; or for planting 
among shrubbery. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any ordinary soil, 
responds readily, however, 
to good soil and moisture. 
Prefers full sun. Propa- 
gate by seed orby division. 

There are many other 
excellent named horticul- 
tural varieties. Among 
the best of the pinkish 
shades are: 

Var. Colarette. Light 
rose-pink, two to three 
feet high. Does not 

branch so freely as the 
foregoing. 

Var. Elsie Perry. Small bright rose-pink flowers thickly covering the 
plant, about three feet high. 




85 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 






Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hd±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek astir, star) 
Composites 

23. Aster novi-belgii, var. Top Sawyer 
English Names: New York aster, Starwort. 

N. AMERICA SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 



STAR-SHAPED flowers over an inch wide, of clear Parma-violet 
blue with yellow or brownish yellow centre, covering much- 
branching shrubby plants four to five feet high. Foliage rather in- 
conspicuous but better 
than that of the New 
England varieties; liable 
to mildew in cool, damp 
weather but without in- 
jury to the plant. 

Excellent for the her- 
baceous border or among 
shrubbery. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any ordinary soil, even 
though poor and dry. 
Responds readily, how- 
ever, to good soil and 
moisture. Prefers full 
sun. Propagate by seed 
or by division. 

There are many other 
excellent named horticul- 
tural varieties; among the 
best are: 

Var. Beauty of Col- 
wall. Large semi-double, 
blue-lavender flowers, 
free-branching, upright 
habit, about four feet high. 

Var. Mrs. D. Evans. Large, showy azure-blue flowers, in unusually 
close formation, about three feet high. 

Var. Dwarf White Queen. Large pure white flowers. Plant of fine 
habit, about two feet high. 

87 





0^§^ |l£t^ " : ""' f fly 








W^jujrr ■ *f| 


? DV* 1 - Jj^-''^ '^- '^^Jt 


iS6%«d 


..^ It. 


1 -<*^ *<?•■ 

* ' ■ 

■•• ' . ■? y \ 
-gnu ■ - - 

£*1 Pi 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hevbitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTER 

(From the Greek aster, star) 
Composites 

in. Aster ptarmicoides 
English Names: Bouquet star-flower, Yarrow-leaved starwort. 

N. AMERICA JULY AND AUGUST 



SMALL pure white star-shaped flowers in great profusion covering a 
dwarf plant of neat upright habit one to two feet high. The 
individual flowers are not so full or well formed as in some of the other 
varieties, but the thick- 
ness with which they 
cover the plant makes up 
for the thinness in detail. 
Foliage finely cut and 
dainty. Good for the 
front of the herbaceous 
border or for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture in 
any ordinary soil, even 
though poor and dry. 
Responds readily, how- 
ever, to good soil and 
moisture. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




89 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoSit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ASTILBE 

(From the Greek a, without, and liilbe, brightness) 
Saxijragacca 

8. Astilbe Davidii 
English Names: False goat's beard, Chinese astilbe. 



CHINA 



JULY AND AUGUST 



SMALL rosy-violet blossoms in long, very showy, feathery clusters, 
much like those of the Spirea in form though more lax and reaching a 
length of two feet, borne on branching leafy stems from four to seven feet 
high. Foliage compound, 
like that of a rose, bronzy 
when young, turning to a 
rich dark green, forming 
a very handsome plant. 
Striking in the herba- 
ceous border or among 
shrubbery. Good also for 
cutting. 

A hardy perennial 
of easy culture in any 
good garden soil. Pre- 
fers half-shade. 

Propagate by divi- 
sion. 




91 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



He\bitc\t. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



BAPTISIA 



(From the Greek bapto, to dye, referring to the coloring matter in some species) 

Leguminbsa 

42. Baptisia australis (B. ccerulea; B. exaltdta) 
English Names: False indigo, Blue wild indigo, Blue rattle bush. 

PENNA. SOUTH TO GA. AND N. C. JUNE 



J 



IARGE pea-shaped blue flowers, nearly an inch in length, in long ter- 
-/ minal spikes, rising from a bushy plant to a height of three to five 
feet. Foliage sea-green, roundish-oval leaves in groups of three. Lasts 
in good condition through 
August, after which the 
foliage blackens. This is 
undoubtedly the best 
species of Baptisia in 
cultivation on account 
of its good habit and 
showy, well-colored 
flowers. An excellent 
plant for the herbaceous 
border, though it should 
always be so placed that 
its unsightliness in late 
summer will not be notice- 
able. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any ordi- 
nary soil. Prefers free 
exposure to sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




93 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Habit # 'Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



BELLIS 

(From the low Latin bellus, pretty) 
Composite 

166. Bellis perennis 

English Names: English or garden daisy, Dicky daisy, Dog daisy, Childing 
daisy, Bairnwort, Bone flower, Bruise wort, Consound, Gowan, Marguerite. 



W. EUROPE 



APRIL TO EARLY JUNE 



SOLITARY double daisy flowers, one inch or more across, with white 
rays tipped with pink or red, frequently so numerous as to conceal 
the yellow centre; on stiff erect stems three to six inches high. Leaves 
in a cluster at the base 
of the flower stalk, some- 
what rough, spatulate, 
bright green, and persist- 
ent. A favorite plant 
for edging the herbaceous 
border, often used as a 
bedding plant and re- 
moved after blooming, as 
it is then apt to look 
rather unkempt. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture, thrives in 
cool, moist, rich soil, and 
requires sun. Should be 
protected by a light 
mulch in winter. 

Propagate by seed 
sown in the spring or by 
division in September. 




95 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)ite\t. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



BOCCONIA 

(Named for the Sicilian botanist and author Dr. Paolo Boccone — d. 1704) 
Pa-paver acees 

2. Bocconia cordata (B. japonica) 
English Names: Plume poppy, Tree celandine. 

CHINA, JAPAN JULY 



SMALL pinkish-white flowers borne in great plumy terminal masses 
high above the handsome foliage, on vigorous leafy stems five to 
eight feet tall. Leaves large, dull green, heart-shaped, and much lobed, 
resembling in texture and 
form those of the blood 
root; persistent. After 
the blooming season the 
feathery efFect is pre- 
served by the terminal 
plumes of seeds, quite as 
decorative as the flowers. 
Excellent for the wild 
garden or shrubbery on 
account ofits strik- 
ing sub-tropical efFect. 
Though extremely effec- 
tive also in the back of 
large herbaceous borders, 
it is there apt to prove 
troublesome as it spreads 
very rapidly by suckers. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest 
culture; being a gross 
feeder it does best in 
very rich soil, but will 
grow anywhere. Re- 
quires sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
or usually by suckers, 
any one of which, if detached, will make a strong plant in a single season. 




97 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ZTc 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)itat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJbU& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



BOLTONIA 

(Named from the English botanist, James Bolton, 18th century) 
Composite 

9. Bohemia latisquama 
English Name: False camomile. 

KANSAS, MISSOURI LATE JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 

IARGE, rosy-lavender, asterlike flowers with yellow centres, carried 
■J in profusion on tall, much-branching leafy stems, from three to six 
feet tall. Foliage bright green, pointed-oval, very like that of the Asters, 
from which this plant 
differs only in technical 
characteristics. Very at- 
tractive in rough places 
or at the back of the 
herbaceous border, 
though it sometimes 
proves troublesome there 
as it spreads very rapidly. 
Excellent also for cutting. 
Low-growing Asters, 
hardy Chrysanthemums, 
or other suitable plants 
should always be planted 
in front, as the stems 
do not branch near the 
ground and the lower 
part is apt to look bare 
and weedy. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any soil, even though 
poor and dry, though it 
responds readily to good 
soil and does well in moist 
situations. Prefers sun. 
Propagate by division . 





^ttI w*'' ,w 








^^nT " ; ^H 




*A * ^"iB 


W*$9* «^? 


W^<J3wMi 






it^-al 


■ a ry^hj 




^3^yS2 






P f^::^^ 


**3 


IP \^^ 1. 






WFH 


BaLa'.^ y? ^23 


[^ W_iW 


uLii^M 


WBmf *]Hi b.'\l^^flfli 










■w ■' ^ 


BtejssjB 




Br 'aJS r 






m1 ^mmk Ilii 





99 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E^ 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CALLIRHOE 

(The name of several women in Greek mythology) 
Malvdceee 

140. Callirhoe involucrata 

English Name: Poppy mallow. 

MINNESOTA TO TEXAS JULY THROUGH OCTOBER 



IARGE, mallowlike flowers varying from rose to cherry-red and 
-/ crimson-purple, with white centres, carried nine to twelve inches 
above the ground on creeping stems. Leaves rather large, round in outline, 
and palmately divided; 
persistent. 

Excellent for b are 
places and for the rock 
garden, and good for the 
front of the herbaceous 
border. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture, will grow well in 
ordinary soil, but does 
best in a light rich soil. 
Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
from which it will blos- 
som the first year, also 
by cuttings. 

V a r. line ar Hob a. 
Thrives even in very dry 
soil, the roots penetrat- 
ing to a great depth. 




IOI 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Heigh t) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 
Campanulacea 

145. Campanula carpatica 
English Names: Carpathian harebell, Bellflower. 

TRANSYLVANIA MID-JUNE TO MID-OCTOBER 



LARGE, erect, purple-blue cup-shaped flowers an inch and a half 
-J across, carried on delicate branching stems six to twelve inches high. 
Leaves pointed-oval, somewhat heart-shaped, with wavy edges, forming 
very neat and dainty 
clumps; persistent. Un- 
excelled for the rock gar- 
den or for edging the 
herbaceous border, good 
also for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture, especially in 
the Northern States, in 
any rich, well-drained gar- 
den soil. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 

Var. turbindta (Tur- 
ban bellflower). Dwarfer 
and more compact than 
the type, with purplish- 
blue flowers more bell- 
shaped and often two 
inches across, larger 
leaves, and less erect 
habit. Excellent. 




103 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Neane 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 
Campanuldcea 

146. Campanula carpatica, var. alba 
English Names: White Carpathian harebell, Bellflower. 

TRANSYLVANIA MID-JUNE TO MID-OCTOBER 



LARGE, erect, white cup-shaped flowers, an inch and a half across, 
J carried on delicate branching stems, six to twelve inches high. 
Leaves pointed-oval, somewhat heart-shaped, with wavy edges, forming 
very neat and dainty 
clumps; persistent. Un- 
excelled for the rock gar- 
den or for edging the 
herbaceous border, good 
also for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture, especially 
in the Northern States, 
in any rich, well-drained 
garden soil. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 




105 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula^ a little bell) 
Campanulacea 

112. Campanula glomerata 
English Names: Clustered bellflower, Dane's blood. 

EUROPE, ARMENIA, PERSIA, SIBERIA JUNE AND JULY 

PURPLISH-BLUE funnel-shaped flowers one inch across in dense 
clusters, fifteen to twenty in the terminal heads, fewer in the axillary 
ones, on erect stems one to two feet high. Lower leaves rough and hairy, 
elongated heart-shaped, 
two inches long, upper 
ones smaller and nar- 
rower. The foliage lasts 
well after the blooming 
season, though it forms a 
plant considerably lower 
than when in bloom. 
Good for the front of the 
herbaceous border and for 
cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in rich, well- 
drained loam. Prefers 
sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 

Var. dahurica. Flowers 
larger and bluer than the 
type, in clusters three 
inches thick. Excellent. 




107 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<xbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag action 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 

Campanulacea 

43. Campanula latifolia, var. macrantha (C macrdntha) 
English Names: Great bellflower, Coventry bells. 

CENTRAL EUROPE, PERSIA LATE MAY TO MID-JULY 



IARGE, erect, purple or dark blue bell-shaped flowers, two inches or 
J more long, in a loose spike about eight inches long, of six to fifteen 
flowers, borne on stems three to four feet tall. Leaves large, hairy, and 
heart-shaped, sometimes 
six inches long at the 
bottom, smaller and more 
pointed higher up. Some- 
what rank in growth. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border and for cut- 
ting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in rich, well- 
drained loam. Prefers 
sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 




109 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


19 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit # Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 

Campanulacea 

44. Campanula Medium 
English Names: Canterbury bells, Marian, Mercury's violet. 

S. EUROPE EARLY JUNE TO MID-JULY 



TUBULAR bell-shaped flowers one to two inches long, of blue, purple, 
pink, or white in a loose-spreading spike, along an erect stem one to 
four feet high. Leaves rather small and pointed. 

An old garden plant, 
and probably the best 
known of the Campa- 
nulas. Excellent for the 
herbaceous border and 
for cutting. 

Not a perennial, but 
a hardy biennal, flowering 
the second year from 
seed sown in the open. 
It may also be treated 
as a tender annual, the 
seed being sown indoors 
in early spring and the 
young plants set out in 
the first half of May. 
These will then flower 
well the first year, but are 
always better the second 
year. Some protection 
in winter is necessary. 

The best soil is a rich, 
well-drained loam, though 
any garden soil will do. 
Prefers sun. 

Var. calycdnthema 
(cup and saucer, hose-in- 
hose). A double form, in which the sepals have grown together form- 
ing a saucer similar in color and texture to the corolla, unusually inter- 
esting and attractive, and more popular though not so graceful as the type. 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage Qfobtt&HejgHtf 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag aiion 






CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 
Campanulacea 

93. Campanula persicifolia 
English Names: Peach-leaf campanula, Peach bells. 

CENTRAL AND N. EUROPE EARLY JUNE TO EARLY JULY 



MANY large purplish-blue cup-shaped flowers, often an inch and a 
half long and two inches broad, ranging along erect stems two to 
three feet high, and borne above a tuft of pretty, narrow-toothed leaves 
resembling those of the 
peach in form and size. 
Probably the greatest 
fovorite among the Cam- 
panulas, very graceful in 
groups in the herbaceous 
border, or against shrub- 
bery, and good for cut- 
ting. If cut back it will 
blossom a second time. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in rich soil in sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

There are many horti- 
cultural varieties of C. 
persicifolia, a number of 
which are excellent. 
Among these are: 

Var. grandiflora, with 
larger flowers than the 
type. 

Var. macrdntha, a 
large-flowered form with 
flowers all along the stem. 




113 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag stion 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 
Campanulacea 

94. Campanula persicifolia, var. alba 
English Names: White peach-leaf campanula, White peach bells. 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETY 
TYPE FROM CENTRAL AND N. EUROPE 



EARLY JUNE TO 
EARLY JULY 



MANY large white cup-shaped flowers, often an inch and a half long 
and two inches broad, ranging along erect stems two to three feet 
high, and borne above a tuft of pretty, narrow-toothed leaves resembling 
those of the peach in 
form and size. Probably 
the greatest favorite 
among the Campanulas, 
very graceful in groups 
in the herbaceous border, 
or against shrubbery, and 
good for cutting. If cut 
back it will blossom a 
second time. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in rich soil in sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

There are many white 
horticultural varieties of 
C. persicifolia, a number 
of which are excellent. 
Among these are: 

Var. alba grandiflora. 
Very large white cup- 
shaped flowers, one of 
the finest of the Cam- 
panulas. 

Var. Backhousei, 
double white camellia- 
like flowers all along the stem, flowers much larger than the type. 

Var. Moerheimi, another fine white double-flowered variety. 



1 ; 


■1 




H 




f ^mM 


^^^ ^^Hp^ 






\»i 






II _ "-» "^B 


w ▼ JslHfl 


m ,*ff 






■9 ^H Wm^ ""^^1 

P'''/jAk' oB 



"5 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJ>ii & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CAMPANULA 

(From the Latin campanula, a little bell) 
Campanulacia 

141. Campanula rotundifolia 

English Names: English Hare bell, Hair bell, Air bell, Blue bells of Scotland, 
Witch's bell, Lady's or Witch's thimble. 



EUROPE, SIBERIA, WESTERN N. AMERICA 



JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



SMALL, drooping, purplish-blue bell-shaped flowers, the flower buds 
being erect, borne on delicate wiry stems six to twelve inches high. 
The foliage is very small and inconspicuous. Naturalized in the woods, 
it grows taller and more 
slender, often reaching a 
height of two feet. A 
very lovely little plant, 
well known in literature, 
especially suited for the 
rock garden and for 
naturalizing. It is also 
useful for edging the 
herbaceous border, but is 
liable to be crowded out 
by other plants. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in rich, well- 
drained loam. Prefers 
sun. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 




117 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CASSIA 



(An ancient Greek plant name, derived from the Hebrew) 

Leguminbsce 

12. Cassia marylandica 
English Names: American senna, Wild senna. 

NEW ENGLAND TO MICHIGAN AND SOUTH JULY AND AUGUST 



NUMEROUS small bright-yellow flowers, shaped somewhat like a 
pea blossom, with chocolate-colored anthers, in axillary clusters near 
the top of a handsome shrublike plant three to five feet high. The foliage 
is compound and finely 
cut, like that of the sen- 
sitive plant, light green 
in color, and very at- 
tractive. After blooming 
the foliage dies and should 
be cut down or hidden by 
other plants. 

Handsome among 
shrubbery or in the her- 
baceous border, and very 
valuable for naturalizing 
in waste places. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture, thriving even in 
poor soil. Will grow 
either in wet or dry 
places, its only require- 
ment being plenty of sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




119 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CENTAUREA 



(From the Greek kentauros, a centaur, the herb being said to have cured a wounded centaur) 

Composite? 

45. Centaurea macrocephala 
English Names: Centaury, Hardheads, Great golden knapweed, Star thistle. 

ARMENIA JULY AND AUGUST 



1/ 



VERY large globular bright-yellow flowers, often three to four inches 
in diameter, carried on unbranching, erect, leafy stems from two and 
one half to three feet high. Foliage handsome, leaves pointed-oval, rather 
narrow, and smaller at 
the top than at the bot- 
tom of the plant. The 
most showy Centaury and 
probably the best. Ex- 
cellent for the herbaceous 
border or for planting in 
front of shrubbery, and 
especially good for cut- 
ting, the flowers preserv- 
ing their freshness for a 
long time. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any good 
garden soil. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed. 




121 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET« 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CENTAUREA 



(From the Greek kentauros, a centaur, the herb being said to have cured a wounded centaur) 

Composite 

105. Centaurea montana 

English Names: Perennial cornflower, Mountain bluet, Bluebottle, Bachelor's 
buttons, Blue bonnets, Mountain knapweed, Corn centaury, Break-your- 
spectacles. 



EUROPE 



JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



LARGE, flat blue flowers which turn purple as they grow old, two or 
J more inches in diameter, resembling the cornflower, profusely car- 
ried on erect unbranching stems one to two feet high. The leaves are 
pointed-oval and, when 
young, downy white. 
Compact dwarf plants, 
good for the herbaceous 
border and for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any good 
garden soil. Prefers sun. 

Var. alba. Similar to 
the type with white 
flowers. Excellent 
though sometimes rather 
grayish in color. 

Var. rosea. Similar 
to the type, rose-colored 
flowers. 

Var. citrina {sul- 
phur ea). Flowers yellow 
with brown centres, not 
so good as the type. 




123 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CERASTIUM 

(From the Greek keras, a horn, referring to the shape of the pod) 
Caryophyllacea 

162. Cerastium tomentosum 

English Names: Snow-in-summer, Mouse-eared chickweed. 



EUROPE 



MAY TO MID-JUNE 



SMALL white flowers carried about six inches high on rather weak, 
creeping stems. Leaves roundish-oblong, downy and silvery, whence 
the name " mouse-ear." Good for covering dry, sunny places, for the rock 
garden, or for edging the 
herbaceous border. The 
flowers though pretty do 
not make much of a dis- 
play; the chief value of 
the plant lies in its silvery 
foliage which preserves 
its freshness and neatness 
throughout the summer, 
its cool appearance being 
especially attractive in 
August. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial in any soil. Prefers 
a dry situation and full 
exposure to the sun. 

Propagate by cuttings 
or bv division. 




125 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Nevme 



Season 



He\bitc\t. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Ple\nt& Foliage (Ho±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Proportion 



CHELONE 



(From the Greek chelone, a tortoise, in allusion to the resemblance of the flower to a reptile's head) 

Scrop hulariacecE 

86. Chelone Lyonii 

English Names: Balmony, Turtle head, Turtle bloom, Shell flower, Bitter 
herb, Cod head, Fish mouth, Snake head. 



MOUNTAINS OF NORTH CAROLINA AND SOUTH 



AUGUST THROUGH OCTOBER 



CURIOUSLY shaped, rosy-purple flowers in dense, showy, terminal and 
axillary spikes, borne over two feet high on thickly growing stalks. 
Leaves handsome, deep green, glossy, elongated, heart-shaped, largest at 
base of plant; persistent. 
A profusely blooming 
plant which forms thick 
clumps. Excellent for 
planting in moist situa- 
tions and in the herbace- 
ous border. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in good 
garden soil, preferably 
rich and moist. Prefers 
partial shade. In the 
ordinary border the roots 
should be covered during 
the growing season with 
a heavy mulch, four or 
five inches thick, of well- 
rotted manure. This will 
feed the surface roots and 
protect the plant from 
drought. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division in 
the spring. 




127 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


19 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itc\t 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CHRYSANTHEMUM 

(From the Greek chrysos, golden, and anthemon, flower) 
Composite 

70. Chrysanthemum indicum and Chrysanthemum morifdlium, 

Garden varieties 

English Name: Chrysanthemum. 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES 
TYPE FROM CHINA AND JAPAN 



MID-SEPTEMBER 
THROUGH OCTOBER 



SINGLE, semi-double, or double flowers varying in size from one half 
inch to over two inches, and ranging in color from pure white, pale 
yellow and pink through orange and red to bronze and deep dark crimson, 
according to variety, pro- 
fusely borne on upright 
branching stems from two 
to three feet high. Leaves 
deeply cut and lobed, re- 
sembling the Acanthus of 
classic ornament, two to 
five inches long, deep rich 
green, persistent, and very 
handsome. 

One of the finest of 
the hardy perennials and 
certainly the most neces- 
sary for the late fall 
garden. It is the most 
resistant to frost of any 
garden flower, and fre- 
quently may be seen in 
bloom after the first falls 
of snow. The brilliant 
colors and decorative foli- 
age make it unexcelled for 
cutting. 

The 1 a r g e-flowered 
varieties seen in the 
florists' windows are not 
sufficiently hardy for 
growing in the herbaceous border without transplanting in the winter 

129 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
"VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



70. Chrysanthemum indicum and Chrysanthemum morifolium, 
Garden varieties (Continued) 

and considerable skilled attention during the summer. There are, how- 
ever, a great number of varieties which are perfectly hardy in any garden 
soil in sun if given a light covering of litter or leaves in winter. 

In grouping Chrysanthemums care should be taken to keep those in 
shades of pink, crimson, lilac, etc., away from the reds, yellows, and bronzes, 
as the colors are often so vivid that they form very unpleasant contrasts. 

The hardiest garden varieties are known as Pompon Chrysanthemums 
and are crosses and strains of C. indicum (C. japonicum) and C. mori- 
folium (C. sin'ense). 

Propagate by seed and by cuttings. 



The following are some of the most popular varieties: 

Aster or Large-flowering Pompon Chrysanthemums 

White 

Prince of Wales. Pure white, the best of the large white forms. 

Queen of Whites. Pure white, very late. 

Soeur Melanie. Pure white, rather ragged petals. 

Yellow 
Bohemia. Pure yellow, semi-double, petals rather large. 
Globe d'Or. Clear lemon-yellow with darker shadings, bushy plant, the 

best of the large yellow forms. 
Sir Michael. Lemon-yellow. 

Sunshine. Bright golden-yellow, petals somewhat ragged. 
Zenobia. Bright clear yellow, rather large and loose petals; an early 

bloomer. 

Orange and Bronze 

Allentown. Golden-bronze, semi-double, two inches in diameter. 
Mrs. Porter. Lemon-yellow suffused with terra cotta, effect bronze. 
Patterson. Old gold with dark shadings. 

Sir Walter Raleigh. Yellow, merging into terra cotta, almost single. 
Sunset. Scarlet terra cotta with yellow centre, medium-sized flower. 
The Czar. Golden-bronze, yellow edge. 

131 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 






. . _i 




General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (tidbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



70. Chrysanthemum indicum and Chrysanthemum morifolium, 
Garden varieties (Continued) 

Red 

Julia Lagravere. Rich dark crimson, well-formed flowers. 
N orthumberland. Scarlet with yellow centre, single flower. 

Pink 

Arabella. Crimson-salmon, plant very dwarf. 

Cerise Queen. Cerise-pink. 

Daybreak. Soft pink. 

Gloire de France. Silvery pink, cream centre. 

Hijos. Primrose pink shading to cream, the best of the large pink forms. 

Salem. Silver rose, long quilled petals. 

Magneta 

King Philip. Rich crimson-magenta. 
Mrs. Vincent. Rich magenta-crimson. 



Button or Small- flowering Pompon Chrysanthemums 

White 

James Boon. Pure white, good-sized flowers. 

Yellow 

Baby. Clear bright yellow. 

Savannah. Intense clear yellow, the best of the small yellow forms. 

Tennyson. Pure yellow. 

Orange and Bronze 

Alice Cary. Bright orange. 

Golden Pheasant. Rich yellow, reddish-brown centres, the best of the 

small bronze forms. 
Goldfinch. Golden-yellow, shaded crimson. 
Henrietta. Bronze, yellow edge. 

Red 

Black Douglas. Dark maroon. 
Erminie. Bright orange-scarlet. 
Rufus. Bright terra cotta. 

133 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho£>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



70. Chrysanthemum indicum and Chrysanthemum morifdlium, 
Garden varieties (Continued) 

Pink 

Dawn. Pale, soft pink shading deeper. 

Dinazulu. Violet-pink. 

Rhoda. Apple-blossom pink shaded white, the best of the small pink 

forms. 
Rosinante. Blush-pink, sulphur-shading, dwarf plant. 
Viola. Rich violet-rose, good-sized flowers. 

Magneta 

Little Pet. Violet-pink, very small flower. 



1.15 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)itc\t. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propevg ation 



CHRYSANTHEMUM 

(From the Greek chrysos, golden, and anthemon, flower) 
Composite 

113. Chrysanthemum maximum 
English Name: Giant daisy. 

PYRENEES JUNE AND JULY 



IARGE white flowers with yellow centres, like large field daisies, carried 
-/ from one to two feet high on the ends of upright stems which are 
simple, or branch at the very base, and are leafless for three to four inches 
below the flower. Leaves 
long and narrowed at the 
base. An excellent and 
showy plant for the her- 
baceous border, and very 
good for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture 
in rich garden soil. It 
should be mulched and 
well-watered during the 
growing season for best 
results, but will stand con- 
siderable neglect without 
serious harm. Prefers 
sun. 

Propagate by seeds, 
cuttings, or by division. 

C. "Shasta Daisy," a 
new and much-advertised 
form developed by Bur- 
bank. Very much like 
C. maximum in every re- 
spect; possibly a little 
larger in flower and of a 
longer blossoming season. 




137 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CLEMATIS 

(From the Greek kltmatis, the name of some climbing plant) 
Ranunculacea 

46. Clematis heracleaefolia, var. Davidiana (C. Davididna; 
C. Tubulosa, var. Davididna) 

English Name: Shrubby clematis. 

CHINA AND JAPAN AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



SMALL, china-blue, hyacinth-shaped flowers, with a fragrance like 
orange blossoms, borne in clusters of six to fifteen, or singly, at the 
ends or in the axils of erect, almost vinelike stems three to four feet high. 
Leaves very large and 
bright green. An excel- 
lent plant for the border 
or rock garden, and good 
for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture. The best 
soil is a deep, rich light 
loam which must be well- 
drained, and is improved 
by having a very little 
lime mixed with it. 
Should be enriched at 
least once a year with 
horse or cow manure, and 
a mulch of this late in the 
fall improves the plant. 
It is very susceptible to 
drought and should be 
well-sprayed in dry sea- 
sons. A light support 
should be given to the 
rather lax stems. Prefers 
sun. 

Propagate by cuttings 
or by division. 




139 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CLEMATIS 

(From the Greek klematis, the name of some climbing plant) 

Ranunculacea 

71. Clematis recta (C. erecta) 
English Name: Shrubby clematis. 

S. EUROPE JUNE TO MID-JULY 



NUMEROUS fragrant white flowers one inch across, in broad convex 
terminal clusters, borne two to three feet high on erect leafy stems. 
Probably the best shrubby Clematis for use in the herbaceous border. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture. The best 
soil is a deep, rich, well- 
drained loam, which is 
improved by a very 
slight admixture of lime. 
Should be enriched at 
least once a year with 
horse or cow manure, and 
a mulch of this late in the 
fall improves the plant. 
It is very susceptible to 
drought and should be 
well-sprayed in dry sea- 
sons. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by cuttings. 

Var. -plena, fully 
doubled, buttonlike blos- 
soms, not so good as the 
type. 




141 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



CONVALLARIA 

(From the Latin convallis, an enclosed valley) 
Liliacea 

156. Convallaria majalis 

English Names: Lily-of-the-valley, Conval lily, May or Park lily, Wood lily, 

May blossom. 



EUROPE, ASIA, S. ALLEGHENIES 



MAY 



SMALL, white, globular, bell-like, and very fragrant flowers, hanging 
daintily from graceful flower stalks six to twelve inches long. The 
leaves grow from the base of the plant,'are smooth, rather broad and lilylike, 
and preserve their clean 
fresh character through- 
out the summer. A 
favorite flower for natural- 
izing under trees and in 
shady places, but excellent 
for ground covering or in 
the herbaceous border 
under shrubs, where,if the 
ground beproperly enrich- 
ed, it will thrive in full 
sun. Good for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture. Old beds are liable 
to run out and not flower 
profusely, and so should 
be replanted every few 
years, though if the soil is 
enriched and is given a 
dressing of manure every 
fall, the bed will thrive 
for four or five years. 
Succeeds best in partial 
shade. 

Propagate by division 
in fall or early spring. 




H3 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Nairn c 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Ho.hU & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



COREOPSIS 



(From the Greek koris, a bedbug, and opsis, resemblance; alluding to the fruit) 

Composite 

95. Coreopsis lanceolata, var. grandifldra 
English Name: Tickseed. 

SOUTHERN U. S. A. JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



LARGE, bright-yellow, daisylike flowers, one and one half to two and 
J one half inches across, borne on sparingly branched stems one to 
two feet high. Foliage small and rather sparse. Excellent in masses in 
the herbaceous border, 
where if the blossoms are 
kept well picked it will 
give a brilliant note of 
yellow through the 
greater part of the sum- 
mer. It should always 
be planted with a setting 
of good foliage plants 
about it, as its long, almost 
leafless stems are apt to 
present an unkempt ap- 
pearance if it stands alone. 
Especially good for natu- 
ralizing in barren places 
on account of its brilliant 
color and long season of 
bloom. Excellent also 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture in 
any soil. Prefers sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




14.S 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DAPHNE 

(From the Greek daphne, the laurel or bay tree, named for a nymph beloved of Apollo) 
ThymeUeacea 

157. Daphne Cneorum 
English Name: Garland flower. 

EUROPE MID-APRIL THROUGH MAY 



SMALL, pink, fragrant flowers with crimson buds, in many-flowered 
heads on long trailing branches rising six to twelve inches from the 
ground. Strictly speaking, not a perennial: being a dwarf shrub, with 
woody stems and dense 
shiny dark evergreen 
leaves one half inch to one 
inch long. A most charm- 
ing plant for the edge of 
the herbaceous border, 
for planting in front of 
shrubs, or in the rock gar- 
den. It often blooms a 
second time in summer. 

Perfectly hardy and 
of easiest culture. 
Thrives best in light, well- 
drained soil, enriched with 
well-rotted manure; an 
annual top dressing of 
manure is of great benefit. 
Succeeds in half-shade or 
sun, or even in dry spots 
if once well-established. 

Is best propagated by 
removing the earth from 
around the plant in 
spring, pegging down the 
branches, and filling in 
with fine compost almost 
to the tops of the 
branches. On carefully removing the compost the next spring, a large 
number of little buds supplied with roots may be found among the 
branches. These may be easily detached and planted in pans or boxes. 

*47 




NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DELPHINIUM 

(From the Greek name for the plant, delphinion derived from delphin, a dolphin, 
from a supposed resemblance in the flower) 

Ranunculacea 

47. Delphinium "Belladonna" 
English Names: Hybrid larkspur, Belladonna larkspur. 



HORTICULTURAL HYBRIDS 
TYPE FROM EUROPE 



MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 
EARLY SEPTEMBER, MID-OCTOBER 



CURIOUSLY shaped, vivid sky-blue flowers, an inch and a half 
wide, with pure white centres, borne in graceful stalky spikes about 
twelve inches long on leafy stems from two to four feet high. Foliage 
finely cut and decorative. 
One of the best of the 
hybrid Delphiniums 
(though rather low-grow- 
ing), on account of the 
sturdiness of the plant, 
its early and long blos- 
soming season, and the 
very beautiful color of the 
flower. Invaluable for 
the herbaceous border 
or for massing against 
shrubbery. Excellent for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture, 
will thrive in any good 
garden soil in sun or 
partial shade, but does 
best in a deep, rich, sandy 
loam, exposed to the sun. 
The cultivation is the 
same as for Delphinium 
English Hybrids (see page 

153)- 

Propagate by seed, 

cuttings, or by division; 

will bloom the first year from seed sown indoors in February or March, 

or the following year from seed sown outdoors in August. 

149 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoSit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DELPHINIUM 

(From the Greek name for the plant, delphinion derived from delpkin, a dolphin, 
from a supposed resemblance in the flower) 

Ranunculacea 

10. Delphinium English Hybrids (D. eldtum, hybrid vars.; 
D. exaltdtum, hybrid vars.; D. hybridum, vars.) 

English Name: Hybrid larkspurs. 



HORTICULTURAL HYBRIDS 
TYPE FROM EUROPE 



MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 
EARLY SEPTEMBER, MID-OCTOBER 



CURIOUSLY shaped, single, semi-double, or double flowers from one 
to two inches across, varying through all shades from lightest blue 
to dark purple, with blue, 
black, white, or gray cen- 
tres, borne on stately and 
graceful spikes from one 
to two feet long on erect 
branching stems from 
four to eight feet high. 
Foliage abundant, finely 
cut, and decorative. 

The hybrid Delph- 
iniums are indispensable 
in the herbaceous border 
on account of their mag- 
nificent habit, the beauti- 
ful color of their flowers, 
and their generous bloom. 
They are also extremely 
effective in masses against 
shrubbery. They should 
always be planted against 
a background as the 
flowers show rather poorly 
against a blue sky; un- 
like most flowers, the 
different shades of the 
different varieties are 
never discordant, and a 
group of changing blue tints is more iridescent and effective than one 
composed of a single variety. They are also excellent for cutting. 

151 



4 J& 1 






;*'.4\ 






8v*> 


M 


- * ■ / *v 


'■' .:■■"' 






■ • f, 






|- 




/ ' 1 






W 

if! 


AIL A 




;V -fH . : . i ' 


C^Ssife 








-i^^^^g 




m 

Mr. 








*y 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



io. Delphinium English Hybrids {Continued) 

A perfectly hardy perennial of easy culture; will thrive in any good gar- 
den soil, but does best in deep, rich, sandy loam, with full exposure to the 
sun or in partial shade. The ground should be deeply dug and well mixed 
with rotted manure, the plants set about three feet apart and mulched 
to protect the roots from hot sun. They should be freely watered in hot 
weather. Every three or four years they should be taken up, divided, and 
reset in freshly enriched soil. Most of the varieties require staking. After 
blooming the plant should be cut to the ground, given a dressing of bone 
meal, and well-watered. It will bloom again in early September, and if the 
same treatment be repeated, will often bloom a third time in mid-October. 

Delphiniums are liable to a blight of unknown cause. The best treat- 
ment is to spray weekly, beginning in early spring, with Bordeaux mixture 
or ammoniacal carbonate of copper. Also, dry Bordeaux mixture should 
be dug in around the crowns. 

Besides the blight, Delphiniums are liable to serious injury from cut- 
worms in the spring. These must be dugout as soon as their presence is noted, 
and often the plants had better be removed to new locations. Ashes scat- 
tered over the crowns in late fall will protect them from the attacks of slugs. 

Propagate by seed, cuttings, or by division. Delphiniums grow with 
the greatest readiness from seed sown in the garden in August or indoors in 
February or March. In the latter case they will bloom the same year. 

There are quantities of named varieties, most of which are excellent. 
Among the best are: 

Beatrice Kelway. Cornflower blue, flushed with rose, white eye, 
massive spikes. 

Geneva. Large flowers, pale porcelain blue, pure white eye. 

Julia. Large flowers, cornflower blue veined with rose, white eye. 

King of Delphiniums. Large semi-double, gentian-blue flowers with 
large white eye, in massive spikes; plant of strong growth and fine habit. 

Lizzie. Large azure-blue flowers with yellowish eye; plant very tall 
and strong growing. 

Mme. Violet Geslin. Round, semi-double flowers, outer petals clear 
blue, inner ones lavender, white eye. 

Perfection. Very large sky-blue flowers flushed with rose, dark eye. 

Queen Wilhelmina. Large flowers, soft lavender-blue flushed with 
rose, conspicuous white eye. 

Rembrandt. Semi-double, sky-blue, inner petals rosy-lavender, silvery 
sheen. 

Rev. E. Lascelles. Very large double flowers, deep purple-blue with 
white centre edged with blue, one of the largest varieties both in height 
of plant and size of flowers. 

153 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations \ 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<xbit<§ 'Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DELPHINIUM 

(From the Greek name for the plant, delphinion derived from delpkin, a dolphin, 
from a supposed resemblance in the flower) 

Ranunculacea 

48. Delphinium formosum (D. cheildnthum, var. formosum) 
English Name: Oriental larkspur. 



POSSIBLY ASIA MINOR 



MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 
EARLY SEPTEMBER, MID-OCTOBER 



CURIOUSLY shaped flowers of brilliant deep blue with white centres 
and long violet spurs, in loose spikes about a foot long on a rather 
tangled branching plant from two to four feet high. Foliage rich dark 
green, finely divided, and 
handsome. In flower one 
of the finest of the Delph- 
iniums, but in habit rather 
poor, having neither the 
height nor the sturdiness 
of the hybrid varieties. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border, and the 
most permanent variety 
for naturalizing. Ex- 
tremely fine also for cut- 
ting. 




A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture, 
will thrive in any good 
garden soil, but does best 
in a deep, rich, sandy loam, 
in sun or partial shade. 
The cultivation is the 
same as for Delphinium 
English Hybrids (see page 

153)- 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division; 
will bloom the first year 
from seed sown indoors 
in February or March, or the year following from seed sown outdoors in 
August. 

155 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
"VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DELPHINIUM 

(From the Greek name for the plant, delphinion derived from delpkin, a dolphin, 
from a supposed resemblance in the flower) 

RanunculacecB 

96. Delphinium sinense (D. Chinense D. grandifiorum, var. 

chin ens e) 



English Name: Chinese larkspur. 



SIBERIA 



MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 
EARLY SEPTEMBER, MID-OCTOBER 



CURIOUSLY shaped, clear gentian-blue flowers, often tinged with 
violet, with long pointed spurs; in long, rather loose spikes on 
slender, slightly branching stems one to two feet high. Leaves rather 
small, very finely divided. 
An excellent plant for the 
herbaceous border and 
for cut flowers, the flow- 
ers being very freely pro- 
duced. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy cul- 
ture, will thrive in any 
good soil, but does best in 
a deep, rich, sandy loam, 
in sun or partial shade. 
The cultivation is the same 
as for Delphinium English 
Hybrids (see page 153). 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division; 
will bloom the first year 
from seed sown indoors 
in February or March, or 
the year following from 
seed sown outdoors in 
August. 




157 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H&bit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DELPHINIUM 

(From the Greek name for the plant, delphinion derived from delphin y a dolphin, 
from a supposed resemblance in the flower) 

RanunculaceeB 

97. Delphinium sinense, var. album (D. chinense, var. album 
D. grandiflorum, var. chinense album) 

English Name: White Chinese larkspur. 



SIBERIA 



MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 
EARLY SEPTEMBER, MID-OCTOBER 



CURIOUSLY shaped, pure white flowers with long pointed spurs, 
in long, somewhat loose spikes on slender, slightly branching stems, 
one to two feet high. Leaves rather small, very finely divided. An 
excellent plant for the 
herbaceous border and 
for cut flowers, especially 
valuable as being the 
only pure white Delphi- 
nium, with the exception 
of certain new and expen- 
sive English hybrids. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture, 
will thrive in any good 
garden soil, but does best 
in a deep, rich, sandy 
loam, in sun or partial 
shade. The cultivation 
is the same as for Del- 
phinium English Hybrids 
(see page 153). 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division; 
will bloom the first year 
from seed sown indoors in 
February or March or 
the year following from 
seed sown outdoors in 
August. 





ijWjW 






^1 H L^^E^QR _5 '/sH^HK^R 




HL_ ' -mf £■ : J^Km^' * 1 ^^1 




iwj^3 II p 


wW 


w 1 lU (■•- ^>^l »• 





159 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DIANTHUS 

(From the Greek dios, divine, and anthos, a flower) 
Caryophyllacia 

128. Dianthus barbatus, vars. 

English Names: Sweet William, Bunch pink, Blooming down, London pride, 
London tuft, Snowflake, Sweet John. 



CENTRAL AND S. EUROPE 



MID-MAY THROUGH JUNE 



SINGLE and double round flat flowers, an inch to an inch and a half 
in diameter, very variously colored and marked, in shades of white, 
pink, and crimson, borne in dense rounded terminal heads of twenty to 
thirty flowers and often 
four inches across, on 
leafy erect stems from 
ten to eighteen inches 
high. The foliage is 
simple, rather broadly 
pointed, and clean look- 
ing when young, but after 
blooming the plant be- 
comes decidedly shabby. 

An old garden favorite, 
and popular at the present 
day, perhaps more for its 
association than for its 
qualities. The single 
whites, true pinks, and 
dark crimsons make fine 
spots of color in the 
herbaceous border, but 
the magentas must be 
carefully avoided, and 
many of the parti-colored 
varieties are ugly. The 
double flowers last longer 
but are rather clumsy in 
form. Excellent for cut- 
ting. 

Theoretically, the plant will last several years, but the second year is 

by far its best blooming season, so that it is usually treated as a biennial, 

161 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant ff Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



128. Dianthus barbatus, vars. (Continued) 

seeds being sown in July for bloom the following year. One or two plants 
of the best colors should be allowed to seed (a paper bag tied over the 
head marks the plant and protects and collects the seed) and the rest 
should be cut down or pulled up immediately after blooming. The 
bare spot left before the new seedlings have made their first year's 
growth is rather difficult to conceal, as Dianthus is necessarily planted in 
the front of the border. Of easiest culture, thriving in any soil, even clay 
or sand, and in full exposure to the sun; is little the worse for drought. 
Propagate by seed. 



16* 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DIANTHUS 

(From the Greek dios, divine, and anthos, a flower) 
CaryophyllacecB 

147. Dianthus latifolius, var. atrococcineus flore-pleno 
English Name: Broad-leaved pink. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY JUNE AND JULY 



LARGE double flowers, about an inch across, of deep crimson-scarlet, 
J in tight clusters, on upright stems six to twelve inches high. Foli- 
age rather broadly pointed and bright green. A hybrid variety of doubt- 
ful origin, possibly a cross 
between Dianthus chinen- 
sis and Dianthus barbdtus, 
having the flower habit 
of the former and the 
plant habit of the latter. 
Excellent for the front of 
the herbaceous border, 
not quite so showy as 
the Sweet William, but 
with a much longer 
blooming season and more 
hardy. Very good also 
for the rock garden and 
for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any well- 
drained soil, even sand. 
Does best in rich, light 
loam, in full sun; resists 
drought well. 

Propagate best by 
seed or by division. Will 
bloom the first year from 
seed. 




16s 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DIANTHUS 

(From the Greek dios, divine, and antkos. a flower) 
Caryophvllacea 

148. Dianthus plumarius, vars. 

English Names: Garden pink, Pheasant's eye pink, Scotch pink, Common 

grass pink. 



AUSTRIA, SIBERIA 



MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE 



SINGLE or double fringed carnationlike flowers, about an inch across, 
with the fragrance of cloves, terminally borne on rather soft erect 
stems six to twelve inches high, above a dense tuft of grasslike silvery 
bluish green leaves. One 
of the best plants for edg- 
ing the herbaceous border, 
because of its neat and 
persistent foliage, which 
is excellent even in winter. 
Good also in the rock 
garden and for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil and 
in full sun; will endure a 
considerable amount of 
drought. Should be 
divided about every three 
years. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

Among the best named 
varieties are: 

Carmen. Double, clear 
light pink, fragrant flower. 

Her Majesty. Large and 
very double, pure white, 
very fragrant flowers, long 
season of blooming. 

Mrs. Sinkins. Large, 
pure white, fragrant flowers. 

Napoleon III. Intense blood-crimson, fragrant flower, blooming freely from 
June to October. 

Perpetual Snow. Large, double, white, delicately scented flowers, fine habit. 

167 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HqSU & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DICENTRA 

(From the Greek dis\ double, and kentron, spurred, originally misspelled Diclytra and supposed to be Dielytra) 

FumariacecE 

98. Dicentra spectabilis {Dielytra spectabilis) 
English Names: Bleeding heart, Seal flower, Lady's reticule. 

JAPAN EARLY APRIL THROUGH JUNE 



DEEP rosy-red, flat, heart-shaped flowers with protruding white inner 
petals, hanging delicately along graceful arching stems one to two 
feet high. Foliage deeply cut and handsome, but not persistent. The 
plant must be cut down 
or hidden after the flower- 
ing season. A very dainty 
and charming flower, and 
a great favorite in old- 
fashioned gardens. Ex- 
cellent for the herbaceous 
border or for naturalizing 
in the wild garden. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in moderately rich, light 
loam. Will grow in sun 
or shade, but thrives best 
in partial shade. 

Propagate by division 
of crown or roots. 

Var. alba. Has white 
flowers, but a weak and 
sickly habit. 




169 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DICTAMNUS 

(From the Greek name for the plant Diktamnos, from Dike, a mountain in Crete where the plant abounds) 

Rutacete 

72. Dictamnus Fraxinella var. albus (*D. dlbus; Fraxinella alba; 

Fraxinella Dictamnus) 

English Names: Gas plant, Burning bush, Dittany, Fraxinella, Garden 

ginger. 

EUROPE, NORTH ASIA JUNE AND JULY 






FRAGRANT white flowers in long showy terminal spikes rising to a 
height of two to three feet above a vigorous, upright bushy plant. 
The abundant foliage is a rich, dark leathery green, with oil glands dotting 
the leaves, retained in per- 
fect condition through- 
out the season. Excel- 
lent for the herbaceous 
border as it forms a per- 
manent, handsome, solid, 
dark green mass, and in 
blooming season the 
flowers are very effective. 
It is sometimes even used 
as an informal hedge. 
The flowers are excellent 
for cutting. The leaves 
in still hot weather give 
off a volatile lemon- 
scented oil which will ig- 
nite in a puff of flame if 
a match be held near. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture. Prefers a strong, 
rather heavy, and mod- 
erately rich soil, and 
should rarely bedisturbed, 
as the plants improve with 
age and will flourish in 
one spot for a great many 

*Form of name most approved by botanical authorities. 

171 



1 mStA 








fill 'jiSp *> '# '^f , 

; 





NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



72. Dictamnus Fraxinella var. albus {Continued) 

years. Will thrive in sun or half-shade and is not affected by drought 
when once well-established. 

Propagate by seed sown in the open ground as soon as ripe or with 
difficulty by division. Will blossom the third year from seed. 

There are several varieties, with flowers ranging from rose to deep 
maroon or chocolate color, equally good in habit and interesting for cut 
flowers. The best is var. rubra, but the white-flowered type is more 
showy in the border. 



17-i 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<shit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DIGITALIS 

(From the Latin digitus, a finger, referring to the shape of the flower) 

Scrophulariacea 

73. Digitalis ambigua (D. grandiflora; D. ochroleuca) 

English Names: Yellow foxglove (originally Folk's glove, alluding to the "little 
folk" or faeries), Thimbles, Fairy cap, Fairy fingers, Fairy thimbles. 



EUROPE, WESTERN ASIA 



JUNE AND JULY 



IARGE tubular flowers two inches long, buff-yellow with brownish 
-/ markings, drooping in terminal spikes sometimes two feet long on 
strong upright stems reaching a height of two to three feet. The leaves, 
mostly in clumps on the 
ground, are rather long 
pointed-oval, of a light 
green color. Excellent in 
groups in the herbaceous 
border or planted against 
shrubbery; not so striking 
as D. -purpurea, but with 
the advantage of being a 
perennial and of bloom- 
ing more orless constantly 
throughout the summer 
if cut back. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture. Thrives 
best in light, rather moist 
and rich loam, in sun or 
partial shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




i75 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DIGITALIS 

(From the Latin digitus, a finger, referring to the shape of the flower) 
Scrophulariacea 

49. Digitalis purpurea, var. gloxiniaeflora (D. gloxinice flora; 
D. gloxinoides; D. tomentosa, var. gloxiniceflora) 

English Names : Foxglove (originally Folk's glove, alluding to the " little folk " or 
faeries), Thimbles, Fairy cap, Fairy fingers, Fairy thimbles, Fairy bells, Dog's fin- 
gers, Finger flower, Lady's glove, Lady fingers, Lady's thimble, Pop dock, Flap 
dock, Flop dock, Lion's mouth, Rabbit's flower, Cottages, Throatwort, Scotch 
Mercury. 

EUROPE JUNE TO MID-JULY 

LARGE tubular flowers, two inches long, varying from deep pinkish 
J purple to white, usually spotted with purple, drooping in long pointed 
terminal spikes a foot and a half long on strong upright stems, which 
reach a height of two to 
four feet. The leaves are 
large, sometimes a foot 
long, roundly elongated 
and downy, in a clump at 
the base of the plant. A 
very effective plant in the 
herbaceous border when 
in bloom, but rather un- 
kempt looking while seed- 
ing; good in masses 
against shrubbery. 

The pure white flow- 
ered form, D. purpurea, 
var. gloxiniceflora alba, is 
the best variety, as the 
purples and pinks are apt 
to be of rather dirty color. 
Sometimes a perennial, 
but usually a biennial; of 
easy culture. Thrives 
best in light, rather moist, 
and rich loam, in sun or 
partial shade. If the 
seed is allowed to ripen 

in order to self-sow, 

177 



si 


pill 'IP *M§m 




Kft~ 




III----. 


f. V> 

«ft 
Jkfi 




•"■""2 • *5di^ 

V 'A : 


*> ■=*•■•/ ' m %« ■■■■■••» 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itai. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit # Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



49- Digitalis purpurea, var. gloxiniaefldra {Continued) 

the plant should be concealed by some other tall growing perennial. 
Otherwise, it should be cut down after blooming and fresh seed 
sown. 

Propagate by seed. 






Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 




- 






General Observations 



N£ LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hevbitei. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



DORONICUM 

(A Latinized Arabic name) 
Composite 

61. Doronicum plantagineum, var. excelsum (D. excelsum 

" Harper Crewe") 

English Name: Leopard's bane. 

EUROPE MID-APRIL THROUGH MAY 



NUMEROUS yellow daisylike flowers, sometimes three inches 
across, borne terminally on sturdy hairy stems one and a half to 
three feet high. Foliage mostly in a crown at the base of the plant. 
Good in masses in the 
herbaceous border and ex- 
cellent for cutting. A 
very valuable plant for 
border compositions on 
account of its early sea- 
son of bloom; daisylike 
flowers being exceedingly 
rare before late May. 

A hardy perennial of 
easiest culture in ordinary 
soil though it thrives best 
in rich loam, with full 
exposure to the sun. 

Propagate by division. 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 






- 




General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>ti& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



ECHINACEA 



(From the Greek echinos, a hedgehog, alluding to the spiny backs of the receptacle) 

Composite 

50. Echinacea purpurea {Rudbeckia purpurea) 
English Names: Purple cone flower, Black Sampson. 

VIRGINIA AND OHIO TO ILLINOIS AND LOUISIANA JULY THROUGH OCTOBER 



LARGE daisylike flowers sometimes five inches across, varying from 
J rosy-purple to light rose, with high-pointed purple central cone; 
freely borne on a compact, bushy, rather coarse plant from two to three 
and a half feet high. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border and good for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture in 
any garden soil. May 
be used to cover dry and 
waste spots but responds 
well to rich soil, especially 
sandy loam. Prefers full 
sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
not too frequently by 
division. 

Var. serotina (E. inter- 
media), a later-flowering 
variety, with brighter 
colored, broader, and 
flatter petals; possibly 
better than the type. 




183 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Neone 



Season 



HeJ>itel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plajii& Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



EUPATORIUM 

(From tupatorion, the Greek name for the plant Agrimony, named for Mithridates Eupator) 

Composite 

1 06. E. coelestinum (*Conoclinium ccelestinum) 
English Name: Mist flower. 

EASTERN U. S. A. SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER 



SMALL blue or violet flowers in compact flat-topped clusters on some- 
what downy leafy stems from one to two feet high. Leaves of a 
long pointed heart-shape, toothed along the edges. An excellent plant 
for the front of the herba- 
ceous border. The dainty 
heliotropelike flowers be- 
ing very charming in late 
fall. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in ordi- 
nary garden soil, in sun. 
Should be given a light 
covering of litter or leaves 
in winter. 

Propagate by cut- 
tings. 

*Name most approved by bo- 
tanical authorities. 




185 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant (^Foliage (H<sbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



FUNKIA 

(Named for Ludwig P. Funke, 1755-1807, and H. C. Funke, 1771-1839, German naturalists) 

Liliacecz 

114. Funkia subcordata, var. grandiflora (F. grandiflora; F. alba, 
var. grandiflora; F. liliiflora, var. grandiflora; F. japonica; F. 
macrdntha; F. corddta; Hemerocdllis alba; H. corddta; H. japonica; 
H. plantaginea) 

English Names: Plantain lily, White day lily, Corfu lily. 

JAPAN MID-AUGUST TO MID-SEPTEMBER 



LARGE, very fragrant, waxy, white, tubular lilylike flowers, four to 
J six inches long, borne on spikes one to two feet high, above dense 
clumps of very large, heart-shaped, shiny, light green leaves. Good to 
form solid masses in the 
herbaceous border, or in 
front of shrubbery, and 
often used along walks in 
old-fashioned gardens. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in deep, rich moist 
soil. Will grow in sun or 
shade but thrives best in 
partial shade. If not 
given plenty of water in 
midsummer the leaves 
are liable to burn at the 
edges and become un- 
sightly. The clumps im- 
prove with age and should 
not often be disturbed. 

Propagate by division 
or by seed sown as soon 
as ripe. 







It UF 

■*> (HBP. . '**'*:■ 




■ £&£&* 




MPS >%#p^'k» C^* 


ggl 


■ ■■■-..'-'.• 


'faS'&P 


FgBff ^ 


W^fezryEmwRsSk 


m Mr^^-aS 






*$?mW'&- 1 


- 4, . M 





187 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hq±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



FUNKIA 



(Named for Ludwig P. Funke, 1755-1807, and H. C. Funke, 1771-1839, German naturalists) 

Liliacece 

129. Funkia undulata, var. variegata (F. lancijolia, 
var. variegata; F. japonica, var. variegata) 

English Names: Plantain lily, Lilac day lily. 

JAPAN MID-JULY THROUGH AUGUST 



PALE lilac tubular flowers, one and one half inches long, in rather loose 
spikes of six to ten flowers, rise from thick persistent clumps of 
narrow, variegated, wavy-edged leaves sometimes six inches long by two 
inches wide, to a height 
of one to two feet. Excel- 
lent for planting in the 
herbaceous border or in 
front of shrubbery; one 
of the few really good 
variegated foliage plants. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in deep, rich moist 
soil. Will grow in sun or 
shade but thrives best in 
half-shade. The clumps 
improve with age and 
should not often be dis- 
turbed. 

Propagate by division 
or by seed sown as soon 
as ripe. 

F. lancijolia is similar 
in flower and habit, except 
that the leaves are flat 
and not variegated. A 
good form. 




NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itext. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



GAILLARDIA 

(Named for M. Gaillard, French botanist) 
Composite 

99. Gaillardia grandiflora (G. aristdta, var. grandiflora; G. lutea; 

G. maxima; G. perennis) 

English Name: Blanket flower. 

WESTERN U. S. A. JUNE THROUGH OCTOBER 



IARGE daisylike flowers, sometimes over three inches across, with rather 
.-/ full petals, ranging from brilliant yellow at the tips to red or maroon 
toward the centre, profusely borne on strong erect stems two to three feet 
high. Foliage rather de- 
ficient. Valuable for 
massing in the border on 
account of its brilliant 
coloring, profuse flower- 
ing, and long season; con- 
tinuing to bloom even 
after frost. Should al- 
ways be planted in a set- 
ting of good foliage plants 
to compensate for its own 
lack of leaves. Excel- 
lent for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture in 
any light, well-drained 
soil, even though poor and 
dry. Should be given full 
exposure to sun and air. 

Propagate by seed, by 
cuttings, by division in 
August or September, or 
by root cuttings in early 
spring. Will bloom the 
first year from seed, but 
does not come true to 
parent. 




ni 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>iteot. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants foliage (HeJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



GALTONIA 

(Named for Francis Galton, a distinguished anthropologist) 
Liliacea 

24. Galtonia candicans (Hyacinthus cdndicans) 
English Names: Cape hyacinth, Giant summer hyacinth. 

S. AFRICA JULY AND AUGUST 



FRAGRANT, white, funnel-shaped, pendulous flowers, like large snow- 
drops, in a spike nine to twelve inches long, terminating on erect stems 
from three to five feet high. The foliage is clean and strong and re- 
sembles that of the Hya- 
cinth, except that it is 
much larger. Almost the 
only Cape bulb that can 
be considered hardy in the 
northern United States. 
Very effective in the 
herbaceousborder against 
a good background, or 
planted against shrub- 
bery. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in light, rich 
moist soil, in sunny or 
partially shaded situa- 
tions. In cold climates 
it should be protected 
with a heavy mulch in 
winter. In suitable situa- 
tions the plant will im- 
prove steadily for several 
years. 

Propagate by offsets 
or, slowly, by seed. 




193 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants foliage Qfobtt g 'Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



GERANIUM 

(From geranion, the Greek name for the plant derived from gera?ios> a crane, in allusion to the "beak" of the fruit) 

Gerdniacea 

115. Geranium sanguineum 

English Names: Crane's bill, Wild geranium, Stork's bill, Dove foot, Old- 
maid's night-cap, Shame-face. 



W. ASIA, EUROPE 



MID-JUNE THROUGH JULY 



IARGE, wide-open, nearly crimson, five-petaled flowers, borne on erect 
-/ somewhat branching stems about a foot and a half high. Leaves 
rather large, deeply divided, and borne on short stems. Good in the her- 
baceous border, rock gar- 
den, or for naturalizing 
in waste places. The best 
of the cultivated Gerani- 
u m s (the s o-c ailed 
"Geranium" of pot cul- 
ture being really Pelar- 
gonium). 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture, thriving in any 
ordinary soil, in sun or 
partial shade. 

Propagate by seed 
and division. 

Var. album is similar 
to the type but with 
flowers grayish white, 
not a very good color. 




195 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hc\bite\f. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Htxbit & Height] 



Uses 



Culture 



Propevg stion 



GEUM 



(From the Greek geuo t "to have a taste" referring to the root) 
Rosacea 

134. Geum Heldrichi (G. chiloense) 

English Name : Avens. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM CHILE LATE MAY THROUGH JUNE 

WIDE-OPEN, fi ve-petaled flowers, about an inch in diameter, of a bril- 
liant red-orange with bright yellow stamens, borne in clusters on an 
upright stem from nine to eighteen inches high. The leaves mostly close 
to the ground, somewhat 
the shape of dandelion 
leaves, long and roughly 
three-lobed with the ter- 
minal lobe rounded. 
Excellent for the rock 
garden or the herbaceous 
border. Good also for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any garden soil, pref- 
erably moist. Prefers a 
sunny situation. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

Different varieties 
grown close together will 
hybridize readily. 

There are a number 
of named horticultural 
varieties, almost all of 
which are good. Among 
the best are: 

Var. atrosanguineum. 
Deep crimson, double 
flowers, tall growing. 

Var. coccineum. Brilliant orange-scarlet, single flowers. 

Var. coccineum flore pleno, Mrs. J. Bradshaw. Large, bright scarlet 

double flowers with a long season of bloom; very fine. 

197 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



GYPSOPHILA 

(From the Greek gypsos, chalk, and philos, loving, because it thrives in chalky ground) 

Caryophyllacea 

62. Gypsophila paniculata 
English Names: Baby's breath, Chalk plant, Mist. 

EUROPE JULY AND AUGUST 



A PROFUSION of tiny white flowers covering a much-branching and 
spreading plant, two to three feet high, producing a mistlike effect. 
Leaves narrow and pointed, rather deficient. Excellent in the herba- 
ceous border or for cover- 
ing dry and unkempt 
places. Good also at the 
base of shrubbery and 
extremely popular for 
trimming bouquets on 
account of its dainty 
lasting flowers and stiff 
wiry stems. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil in 
a rather dry, open, and 
sunny situation. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 




199 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations. 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitant. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HqJ>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



GYPSOPHILA 

(From the Greek gypsos, chalk, and pkilos, loving, because it thrives in chalky ground) 

Caryophyllacecs 

168. Gypsophila repens (G. prostrdta) 
English Names: Creeping chalk plant, Baby's breath. 

ALPS AND PYRENEES JUNE AND JULY 



A PROFUSION of small flowers, rose or pinkish white, in graceful 
heads covering slender, trailing, and branching stems which rise at 
the end to a height of about six inches. Leaves smooth, sharply pointed, 
and light green. Good 
for edging the herbaceous 
border and especially 
suited to the rock garden. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any garden soil, in a 
rather dry, open, and 
sunny situation. 

Propagate by seed, by 
cuttings, or by division. 




20I 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NA 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HELENIUM 

(The Greek name for the elecampane, possibly from Helenus, son of Priam) 

Composite 

13. Helenium autumnale, var. rubrum {H. grandiflorum, 

var. rubrum) 

English Names: Red sneezewort, Red sneezeweed, Swamp or False sun- 
flower, Ox eye. 



NORTH AMERICA 



JULY AND AUGUST 



NUMEROUS daisylike flowers, one to one and a half inches across, 
with drooping rays of a red terra-cotta color and maroon-and-gold 
centre. Borne in large heads on strong, roughish, leafy stems, branching at 
the top, from two to six 
feet high. Leaves small, 
smooth, pointed, and 
toothed. Showy and 
effective in masses in the 
back of the herbaceous 
border or planted against 
shrubbery. Good also for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil. Thrives 
best in moist, rich soil 
with full exposure to the 
sun. The roots are some- 
times attacked by a white 
aphis, and if the plants 
appear unhealthy they 
should be lifted, the roots 
washed with an insecti- 
cide, and reset in a new 
place. 

Propagate by seed, by 
cuttings, or by division. 




203 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HELENIUM 

(The Greek name for the elecampane, possibly from Helenus, son of Priam) 
Composites 

16. Helenium autumnale, var. superbum {H. grandiflorum, 

var. superbum) 

English Names: Sneezeweed, Sneezewort, Swamp or False sunflower, Ox eye, 

Yellow star. 



NORTH AMERICA 



AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



NUMEROUS daisylike flowers an inch and a half across, with 
drooping lemon-yellow rays and hemispherical yellow centre, borne 
in large heads on sturdy, roughish, leafy stems, branching at the top, from 
four to six feet high. 
Leaves small, smooth, 
pointed, and toothed, 
almost hidden by the 
flowers. Very effective in 
the herbaceous border or 
for planting among shrub- 
bery, giving a solid mass 
of brilliant color. Good 
also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil. Thrives 
best in moist, rich soil 
with full exposure to the 
sun. The roots are some- 
times attacked by a white 
aphis, and if the plants 
appear unhealthy they 
should be lifted, the roots 
washed with an insecti- 
cide, and reset in a new 
place. 

Propagate by seed, by 
cuttings, or by division. 




205 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HeJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag ation 



HELENIUM 

(The Greek name for the elecampane, possibly from Helenus, son of Priam) 
Composites 

63. Helenium Hoopesi (H. autumndle, var. Hoopesi) 

English Names: Sneezeweed, Sneezewort, Swamp or False sunflower, 

Ox eye, Yellow star. 



WESTERN NORTH AMERICA 



MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE 



IARGE daisylike flowers, about three inches across, with very slightly 
-J drooping orange rays and yellow centre, borne in heads of several 
long-stalked flowers on stout, somewhat coarse, leafy stems one to three 
feet high, branching at 
the top. Leaves small, 
narrow, and toothed. 

Perhaps the most val- 
uable species of Helenium 
for general planting. Ex- 
cellent for the herbaceous 
border and for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, but does 
best in rich, moist soil, 
in a sunny situation. 
The roots are sometimes 
attacked by a white 
aphis, and if the plants 
appear unhealthy they 
should be lifted, the roots 
washed with an insecti- 
cide, and reset in a new 
place. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 




207 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJt>itevt. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HELIANTHUS 

(From the Greek helios, the sun, and antkos, a flower) 
Composite 

25. Helianthus mollis 

English Name: Hairy sunflower. 



OHIO TO GEORGIA, WEST TO IOWA AND TEXAS 



MID-JULY TO MID-SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, golden, daisylike flowers, about three inches across, borne 
-J usually singly on sturdy, very leafy stems two to five feet high. 
Leaves pointed-oval, from three to five inches long, downy grayish green. 
A very trim and decora- 
tive plant, the best of the 
perennial Sunflowers for 
the herbaceous border; 
should be planted at the 
back and with a southern 
exposure, so that the 
flowers will face forward. 
Also excellent for plant- 
ing among shrubbery or 
in waste places, and good 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, doing 
well even in barren spots. 
Requires sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




209 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Helritel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propevg ation 



HELIANTHUS 

(From the Greek helios, the sun, and anthos, a flower) 
Composite 

26. Helianthus multifldrus, var. Soleil d'Or (*H. decaphalus, 
var. multifldrus Soleil d'Or) 

English Names: Double hardy sunflower, Wild sunflower. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM N. AMERICA MID-JULY TO MID-SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, somewhat double, yellow flowers with quilled petals, like a cactus 
J Dahlia, about three inches across, borne in profusion at the ends of 
branching stems on leafy plants two to five feet high . Leaves rough, pointed- 
oval, and saw-edged, 
three to eight inches long. 
Excellent for planting 
among shrubbery or for 
naturalizing, good also for 
cutting. Very effective 
in the herbaceous border, 
but spreads rapidly and is 
sometimes difficult to 
keep under control. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture in 
any light, dry soil in full 
sun. Every two years in 
late fall or early spring the 
plant should be divided 
and replanted, or the flow- 
ers will deteriorate and 
tend to become single, as 
they will do also in very 
poor soil. 

Propagate by division. 
Var. multifldrus flore- 
pleno. Similar to " Soleil 
d'Or" except that the 
double flowers are more 
like the ordinary double 
Dahlia t han like the cactus Dahlia. Excellent. 

* Form of name most approved by botanical authorities. 

211 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HELIANTHUS 

(From the Greek heltos, the sun, and anthos, a flower? 
Composite 

3. Helianthus rigldus, var. Miss Mellish (H. missouriensis, 

var. Miss Mellish) 

English Name: Hardy sunflower. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM WESTERN U. S. A. AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, semi-double, golden daisylike flowers, two and one half to 
-^ four inches wide, with yellow centres turning to brown, borne in 
profusion on vigorous, sparingly branching, leafy stems three to six feet 
high. Leaves long and 
rounded, six to twelve 
inches long, rather thick 
and rough. Excellent for 
planting among shrub- 
bery or for naturalizing 
in waste places, and good 
for cutting. Very effective 
also at the back of the 
large herbaceous border, 
but often troublesome on 
account of its tendency 
to spread and crowd out 
other plants. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any light, dry soil 
and in full sun. Every 
two years in late fall or 
early spring the plant 
should be divided and re- 
planted. 

Propagate by division. 

Var. Rev. Wolley Dodd. 
A September-blooming 
variety with semi-double, 
deep yellow flowers. This 
and Miss Mellish are undoubtedly the two best fall-blooming hardy 
sunflowers. 

213 











^Pdyfw 


wm m I 






, ■ 


E^fflr 








■ 


F JP'y^jB 




B?v 






x \ *\i 


^RH 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HELIOPSIS 

(From the Greek helios, the sun, and opsis, resemblance) 

Composite 

39. Heliopsis lasvis, var. Pitcheriana (H. Pitcheridnd) 
English Names: Ox eye, False sunflower, Orange sunflower. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY JULY AND AUGUST 

TYPE FROM EASTERN N. AMERICA 



SLIGHTLY cup-shaped, thick daisylike flowers sometimes two 
inches across, with bright orange rays and deeper orange centres, 
profusely borne in loose bunches on much-branching bushy plants 
two to four feet high and 
three to five feet wide. 
Leaves smooth, thin, 
pointed, and saw-edged. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border or for natu- 
ralizing in dry spots, and 
very good for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any dry soil. Re- 
quires full sun. Should 
be divided every two 
years. 

Propagate by division. 




«5 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq±>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HEMEROCALLIS 

(From the Greek hemera, a day, and kalos, beautiful) 
Liliacea 

65. Hemerocallis aurantiaca, var. major 
English Name: Orange day lily. 

JAPAN LATE JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



FRAGRANT, bright orange, lilylike flowers, sometimes nine inches 
long and five to six inches wide, reddish brown on the outside, borne 
in clusters of six to eight flowers on long upright stems two and one 
half to three feet high. 
Leaves long and grass- 
like, bluish green in color. 
Excellent in clumps in 
the herbaceous border or 
rock garden or for natu- 
ralizing by the edge of 
ponds. Good also for 
cutting. The individual 
flowers are short-lived, 
but are borne in good 
succession. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture. Will thrive in any 
good garden soil, in sun or 
shade, but does best in 
moist places and partial 
shade. Can be left four 
or five years without 
dividing 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




21/ 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Seevson 



HeJ)itevt. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant ff Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HEMEROCALLIS 

(From the Greek hemera, a day, and kalos, beautiful) 
Liliacea 

64. Hemerocallis flava 
English Names: Yellow day lily, Lemon lily. 

EUROPE, ASIA, N. AMERICA LATE MAY THROUGH JUNE 



'*&>"*. 






\m 



FRAGRANT, lemon-yellow, lilylike flowers, three to seven inches 
long, borne in clusters of six to eight flowers on upright stems two 
to three feet high. Leaves a foot and a half to two feet long, narrow 
and grasslike. Excel- 
lent in clumps in the 
herbaceous border or rock 
garden, or for naturalizing 
by the banks of ponds. 
Good also for cutting. 
The individual flowers are 
short-lived, but are borne 
in good succession. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any garden soil. Will 
thrive in sun or shade but 
does best in a moist, rich 
soil in partial shade. 

Propagate by division. 



*&■•:» 



•f* ■- 



219 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>iteot. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HEMEROCALLIS 

(From the Greek hemera, a day, and kalos, beautiful) 
Liliacea 

74. Hemerocallis Middendorfii 
English Name: Yellow day lily. 

AMUR REGION JUNE TO MID-JULY 



VERY fragrant, bright yellow, lilylike flowers, two to three inches 
long, borne in clusters of two to four flowers on long upright stems 
one and one half to three feet high. Leaves six to nine inches long, 
broadly grasslike and 
curving, bright green. 
Excellent in clumps in the 
herbaceous border or rock 
garden, or for naturalizing 
by the water side. Good 
also for cutting. The 
individual flowers are 
short-lived, but are borne 
in good succession. One 
of the prettiest species 
of Hemerocallis and par- 
ticularly useful for its 
early season, coming into 
bloom about a month 
before H. fldva and H. 
aurantiaca. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil, 
in sun or shade, but does 
best in moist, rich soil and 
partial shade. 

Propagate by division. 




NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hel>itc\l. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HeJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propexg ation 



HEUCHERA 

(Named for J. H. von Heucher, 1677-1747, professor of botany at Wittenberg) 
Saxifragdcea 

135. Heuchera sangirinea 
English Names: Coral bells, Crimson bells, Alum root. 

NEW MEXICO AND ARIZONA MID-MAY TO EARLY SEPTEMBER 

SMALL, dainty, bell-like, bright coral-red flowers borne in clusters on 
delicate wiry stems about a foot and a half high, above a thick clump 
of rich green leaves, of a rounded heart shape about two inches across, 
scalloped around the edges 



and very decorative. Very 
excellent for edging the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of its fine persistent 
foliage, bright and dainty 
flowers, and long blooming 
season. Excellent also for 
the rock garden and good 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil, in 
sun or partial shade. 

There are a number 
of horticultural varieties 
of Heuchera in various 
shades of red and pink, 
the darker colors being 
usually the best. Among 
the commonest are: 

Var. alba. Has foliage 
even finer than the type, 
but the flowers are in- 
effective. 

Var. splendens. Dark 
crimson flowers. Good. 

Var. brizoides. Large bright pink flowers, not so good as the type. 

Var. " Pluie de feu." Free blooming, scarlet-red. Excellent. 




22-? 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Ho±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HIBISCUS 

(From hibiskos, the Greek name for the mallow) 

Mahiacea 

4. Hibiscus var. Meehan's Mallow Marvels 
English Names: Swamp rose, Rose mallow, Marsh mallow, Sea hollyhock. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM EASTERN U. S. A. AUGUST TO EARLY OCTOBER 



IARGE, open flowers, like single Hollyhocks, four to eight inches across, in 
-> all shades from white through shell-pink to very dark crimson ; orwhite, 
or pink with crimson eye, etc. ; borne close to the stem on vigorous, graceful, 
leafy stalks from four to 
six feet tall. Leaves large 
and roundish, grayish 
green, handsome, and per- 
sistent. Meehan's Mal- 
low Marvels are hybrids 
derived from H. moscheu- 
tos. 

Very striking and 
effective for planting in 
groups in the back of the 
herbaceous border, 
against shrubbery, or for 
naturalizing by the water 
side. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any good soil, in 
sun or partial shade. 
Does best in a moist, 
sandy loam. A light 
mulch in winter is desir- 
able. 

Propagate by seed or 
division. Seed does not 
always come true in color 
to parent. 




225 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



H&bital 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HeJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



HYPERICUM 



(From hypereikon, the Greek name for the flower, derived from hypo, under, and ereike heather) 

Hypericacea 

107. Hypericum Moserianum 
English Names: St. John's wort, Gold flower. 

S. E. EUROPE LATE JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



y- 



WIDE open, single, wild rose-shaped flowers about two inches across? 
golden yellow with many conspicuous bright orange stamens, borne 
one to three on a stalk on a low-growing erect shrub, one and one half to 
two feet high, with droop- 
ing branches. Leaves 
oval, about one and one 
half inches long, dark 
green, leathery, and per- 
sistent. The flowers 
bloom a few at a time 
throughout the season, 
never producing a mass 
of color; therefore it 
should always be planted 
in clumps, never singly. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border. Techni- 
cally a shrub and not a 
herbaceous perennial, but 
more suitable for the 
border than for shrub- 
bery. Not reliably hardy 
in New England, but 
hardy farther south. 
Should be protected by 
leaves or litter in winter. 

Of easy culture in any 
garden soil, in sun or half- 
shade. Does best in a 
light, warm soil, and 
flowers longer in partial shade than in sun. Should be renewed every 
six or seven years. 

Propagate by seed, by cuttings, or by suckers. 

227 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJMtat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



IBERIS 



(From Iberia, the Latin name for Spain, where the genus abounds) 

Crucifera 

142. Iberis sempervirens 
English Name: Hardy candytuft. 



S. EUROPE 



MID-APRIL TO MID-MAY 



^TUMEROUS, very small pure white flowers profusely carried in dense 
H clusters on a low, thick-spreading, shrubby plant from six to twelve 
inches high. Leaves rounded-oblong, dark and evergreen, thickly borne 
and handsome. Excel- 
lent for the rock garden, 
naturalized over walls, 
and in front of shrub- 
bery, or for the front of 
the herbaceous border, 
though it is such a vigor- 
ous spreader that it some- 
times proves troublesome 
in the latter situation. 
Good also for cutting. 

Technically a sub- 
shrub and not a hardy 
perennial, though almost 
always classed as such on 
account of its dwarf and 
floriferous habit. Per- 
fectly hardy and of easiest 
culture, succeeding in any 
soil even in dry ground, in 
sun or partial shade. 

Propagate by seed, by 
cuttings, or by division. 



• .. U\1 ■■■■■':■'.•■■ ■-.-/•„ , : V 


1 T£f JH 


1 




1 




;£. :'' Kf & 




IT^SiPl W^^fS^Wm^^ 







229 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



IRIS 



(From the Greek iris, a rainbow) 
Iridacea 

75. Ins germanica, vars. 
English Names: German iris, Fleur-de-lis, European blue flag, Flower-de-luce. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES, TYPE FROM EUROPE EARLY MAY TO EARLY JUNE 



IARGE, showy, and sometimes fragrant flowers four to five inches 
U wide by as much in height, with three large, erect, incurving petals 
called standards, and three large, golden-bearded, drooping ones called 
falls, in self colors and 
combinations of white, 
yellow, brown, bronze, 
purple-blue, and lavender 
almost to rose, borne four 
or more close together 
along the tips of stout 
erect stalks two to three 
feet high. Leaves one, 
to one and one half feet 
long, stiff, swordlike, and 
growing from the ground 
in flat sheaves, blue gray- 
green in color; fairly 
durable throughout the 
summer though usually 
turning brown at the tips 
and becoming unsightly. 

A remarkably decora- 
tive plant, fine for plant- 
ing in masses or singly 
against shrubbery or in 
the herbaceous border. 
Excellent for cutting. 
The foliage after bloom 
presents a difficult prob- 
lem, as its withered ap- 
pearance often mars an otherwise trim border. It is difficult to conceal 
with other plants, as Irises require plenty of room and will not stand 

crowding. Probably the best thing to do is to plant in not very large 

231 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E^ 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>ii& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



75- Iris germanica, vars. (Continued) 

clumps, not too far forward, and snip the leaves with scissors as they 
turn brown. 

Perfectly hardy perennials of easiest culture in any well-drained garden 
soil. Will grow in very dry locations, in sun or partial shade, but do best 
in a rich, well-drained soil with full exposure to the sun. The root is a 
horizontal surface-growing rhizome which should be planted flat and only 
covered to a depth of half its diameter. Is helped by fertilizing in the fall 
with stable manure which must be raked off in the spring. Increases 
rapidly and should be divided and replanted every two or three years. 
This may be done in the fall or spring, though by far the best time for 
transplanting is immediately after the blooming season. 

Propagate by division of rhizomes. 



The plants roughly classed as German Iris are almost all hybrids of 
various species and are very numerous. These horticultural varieties 
may be divided into ten or twelve fairly distinct groups. Among the 
most popular of the German Iris and allied groups are: 

I. florentina: 

The earliest type, blooming in May, smaller than the average plant 
though with large flowers, preferring half-shade; fragrant, with a fragrant 
root-stock (orris-root). Standards pure white, falls white, slightly tinged 
with lavender. 

Var. alba. Similar to the type, with pearly-white flowers. 

I. FLAVESCENS: 

Standards soft creamy-yellow, falls pale cream color, fragrant. 

I. interregna: 

Crosses between /. germanica and /. pumila. Rather dwarf in habit, 
with flower stems about eighteen inches high and foliage lower. Foliage 
good throughout the season. Blooming between /. florentina and 
/. germanica. 

Var. Ingeborg. Very large flowers, standards and falls pure white. 
Var. Walhalla. Standards rosy-lavender, falls claret-red. 

233 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E?P 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



75- Iris germanica, vars. {Continued) 

I. germanica: 

(Old germanica type of garden Iris, not the true botanical species.) 
Early flowering and fragrant, two to three feet high, blooming in mid- 
May, large flowers, usually in shades of blue or purple throughout. 

Var. atropurpurea (or Kochi). Standards rich grape-purple, falls 
purple veined with white at base; probably the best-known variety. 

Var. macrdntha (or Amas). Standards light blue, falls velvety blue- 
violet. 

Var. spectdbilis (or Johann de Witt). Standards bluish violet, falls 
deep purple. 

I. pallida: 

(/. Junonia, I. asidtica, I. sicula.) Tall flower stems, two to four feet 
high, bearing eight to twelve flowers, usually in pale blues, lavenders, and 
roses, with standards and falls differing little in color, blooming in late 
May. 

Var. Celeste. Standard lavender-blue, falls deeper lavender-blue. 

Var. dalmdtica. Standards lavender-blue, falls deep lavender. 
Large fragrant flowers. One of the very best of the German Irises. 

Var. Lohengrin. Standards and falls deep violet-mauve. Very 
large flowers. 

Var. Mme. Paquitte. Standards and falls bright rosy-claret. 

Var. Queen of May. Standards rose-pink, falls deeper lavender-pink. 

I. plicata: 

(/. aphylla, var. plicata.) Very similar to the pallida type, with inner 
petals much folded. Flowers in pale blue or lavender and white. 

Var. Bridesmaid. Standards pale lavender, falls white veined with 
lavender. 

Var. Mme. Chereau. Standards and falls white frilled with azure- 
blue. One of the loveliest of the German Irises. 

I. neglecta: 

Many flowered; flowers medium sized, in blues, lavenders, and purples 
with prominent yellow beard on the much-recurved falls. Height one 
and one half to two feet. 

23s 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HdJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



75- Iris germanica, vars. {Continued) 

Var. Miss Maggie (or Hermoine). Standards silvery lavender, falls 
soft rose. 

Var. Perfection. Standards light blue, falls very dark velvety vio- 
let, orange beard. 



I. amcena: 

A group similar in habit to the germanica type, blooming in late May. 
Characterized by flowers with standards of white or pale blue, and falls 
of blue or violet striped or edged with white. 

Var. Compte de Ste. Claire. Standards pale blue, falls deep violet, 
striped and edged with white. 

Var. Mrs. H. Darwin. Standards pure white, falls white slightly 
veined with violet at base. A beautiful variety. 

Var. Rhein Nixie. Standards pure white, falls deep violet-blue 
with a white edge. 

Var. Victorine. Standards white mottled with blue, falls deep pur- 
ple. A beautiful variety. 



I. variegAta: 

A group like the germanica type in habit, characterized by flowers 
with yellow standards and falls in shades of purple, claret, or red-brown. 

Var. aurea. Standards and falls golden-yellow. One of the best 
pure yellows. 

Var. Darius. Standards rich canary yellow, falls lilac with white 
margin, prominent golden-yellow beard. 

Var. Gracchus. Standards pale yellow, falls suffused crimson-pur- 
ple veined with yellow. 

Var. Hector. Standards delicate yellow, falls deep crimson-purple. 
Very handsome. 

Var. Honorable (or Sans Souci). Standards bright Indian yellow, 
falls chestnut-red. 

Var. Innocenza. Standards ivory white, falls white slightly veined 
at base of petal with maroon, rich golden beard. The nearest to pure white 
among the German Irises. 

Var. Iris King. A cross between /. pallida, var. dalmdtica, and /. 
variegata, var. Maori King. Standards clear lemon-yellow, falls deep 

237 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hexbit&i 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit # Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



75- Iris germanica, vars. {Continued) 

satiny brown with a wide border of golden-yellow. Perhaps the best of 
the group. 

Var. Maori King. Standards golden-yellow, falls deep velvety crim- 
son. Dwarf habit. 

Var. Mrs. Neubronner. Standards and falls golden-yellow, deeper 
in color than var. aurea, but equally fine. 

I. Squalens: 

A group like the germanica type in habit, but with flowers of queer, 
rather dull shades of yellow and red. 

Var. Dr. Bernice. Standards coppery bronze, falls dull crimson. 

Var. Jacquesiana (or Conscience). Standards olive-yellow, falls dark 
wine-red. 

Var. Miralba. Standards coppery rose, falls soft rose. 



239 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Htxbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



IRIS 



(From the Greek iris, a rainbow) 
Iridacece 



51. Iris laevigata, vars. (/. Kampferi) 
English Name: Japanese iris. 

E. SIBERIA, JAPAN AND HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 



VERY large and showy single or double flowers, often ten inches across, 
and much flatter than other species of Iris, in shades varying from 
white to blue and deep purple, sometimes mottled and deeply veined, borne 
one to three in a head at 
the ends of slender erect 
stalks two to three feet 
high. Leaves thin and 
narrow, one to one and 
a half feet long, bright 
green, erect, and bending 
gracefully over, forming a 
tangled mass of persistent 
foliage about one foot 
high. 

One of the most strik- 
ing and decorative of the 
hardyperennials. Though 
not so floriferous as the 
German Iris, the size and 
splendor of the flower 
amply compensates. 
Coming into bloom after 
the German Irises have 
completely passed by, 
they are sometimes called 
"Summer Iris." Very 
effective in the herba- 
ceous border and es- 
pecially so massed in 
clumps by the water side 
or at the edge of shrubbery. Excellent for cutting. 

Perfectly hardy perennials of easy culture in rich, moist soil. Any good 

soil enriched with well-rotted manure will do, but plenty of water, 

241 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Nevme 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & foliage (HeJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



51. Iris laevigata, vars. {Continued) 

especially during the flowering season, is essential to best results. Pre- 
fer sunny situations and should not be frequently disturbed. Are best 
planted in late summer but may be started in early spring. 

There are a great number of varieties of Japanese Iris, all of which are 
good. Below are given some of the most popular, with translations of 
the Japanese names for the benefit of those who prefer English names for 
flowers : 

Date-dogu (Arms of warfare). Rich claret-red with orange blotches 
and white veinings, standards white with light claret edging. Very large 
single flowers. 

Kaku-jaku-ro (Square-flowered pomegranate). Violet-blue dusted 
over a white ground, yellow blotches, standards blue and white. Single 
flowers. 

Kigan-no-misao (Invincible virtue). Pure white shading to yellow 
at the base, standards creamy white. Late-blooming double flowers. 

Komochi-guma (Bear and cubs). Deep violet-purple throughout. 
Double flowers. 

Kumo-no-obi (Girdle of cobweb). Dark lavender-purple with yel- 
low blotches and white veinings, standards large and of the same color. 
Single flowers. 

Kyodai-san (Twin mountain). Very dark purplish blue veined with 
white. Double flowers. 

Mei-ran (The name of an orchid). White, densely veined and mar- 
bled with lavender-rose, centre yellow. Single flowers. 

Oniga-shima (The name of an island, according to Japanese legend, 
inhabited by devils). Rich royal purple, standards white, tipped with 
violet. Very large double flowers. 

Samidare (Spring rains). Silvery white veined with rich ultrama- 
rine blue. Double flowers. 

Shippo (Seven jewels). Violet-blue edged with purple, standards 
lavender and white. Double flowers. 

Sofu-no-koi (Voice of the hero). White, splashed and speckled sky- 
blue, primrose-yellow blotches radiating into the petals, standards creamy 
white with violet margins. Double flowers. 

Tai-hai-raku (The world is at peace). Rich claret-purple, yellow 
blotches, standards grayish lavender. Single flowers. 

Tsurugi-no-mai (Sword dance). Rich reddish purple with darker 

shadings, centre violet-purple. Double flowers. 

243 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HqJ>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



IRIS 



(From the Greek iris, a rainbow) 
Iridaceee 

163. Iris pumila (/. gracilis) 
English Name: Dwarf iris. 

EUROPE MID-APRIL TO LATE MAY 



SINGLE Iris flowers, very large for the plant, typically deep purple 
but varying in the hybrid vars. from azure-blue to purple and from 
white to lemon-yellow, carried singly on very short erect stems from 
four to nine inches high. 
Leaves stiff and sword 
shaped, two to four in- 
ches long, bluish green 
and persistent. Excel- 
lent for the rock garden 
or for edging the herba- 
ceous border, the rich, 
showy flowers being 
among the first to bloom 
in the spring, and though 
the blossoms are short- 
lived, the foliage is 
effective throughout the 
summer. Good for plant- 
ing in dry places. The 
plants spread rapidly by 
creeping rhizomes and 
soon form large patches. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil, in 
sun or partial shade. 

Propagate by division. 




245 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



IRIS 



(From the Greek iris, a rainbow) 
Iridacea 

66. Iris sibirica (7. acuta) 
English Name: Siberian iris. 

EUROPE, E. SIBERIA LATE MAY TO MID-JUNE 



WELL-FORMED, rather small, but showy flowers resembling the 
wild Iris, rich blue in color, borne in heads of three or more on the 
ends of many long, very slender, upright stems from two to four feet high. 
Leaves thin, one to two 
feet long, and not at all 
rigid, forming a dense 
grasslike tuft of per- 
sistent, bright green foli- 
age about one and one 
half feet high. Excellent 
for the herbaceous border, 
coming into bloom be- 
tween the German and the 
Japanese Iris, or for natu- 
ralizing against shrubbery 
or by the water side. Ex- 
cellent also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture in 
rich soil and full sun. The 
rhizomes require deep 
planting and plenty of wa- 
ter, especially during the 
flowering season. 

Propagate by division. 

The following varieties 
are excellent: 

Var. alba. White flowers 
veined with pale lilac. 

Var. Snow Queen. Large 
ivory-white flowers. 

Var. orientdlis (var. sanguinea; var. h&matophylla; I. orientalis; I. sanguinea; 
I. h&matophylla). Resembling the Siberian Iris but lower growing and blooming 
a little bit earlier; the flowers are larger but do not last so long; a second crop 
is often produced later. Flowers violet-blue. 

247 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LATHYRUS 

(From the Greek lathyros, a name used for a vetch) 

Lcguminbsa 

6. Lathyrus latifolius, var. albus 
English Names: Everlasting pea, Perennial pea. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM EUROPE JULY AND AUGUST 



ERGE, white, unfragrant sweet-pea-like blossoms, profusely borne 
in clusters on sturdy climbing stems, from four to eight feet long. 
Leaves compound, grayish green, and persistent, forming a good back- 
ground. Not suitable for 
the herbaceous border 
except when growing on 
a trellis at the back. Ex- 
cellent as a covering for 
rough wild banks and 
stumps as it thrives any- 
where, even among bushes 
and stones. Very good 
also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, in sun or 
shade, grows very rapidly 
but should not often be 
disturbed on account of 
the size of the long fleshy 
roots. 

Propagate best by 
seed or by division. 




249 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations . 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LATHYRUS 

(From the Greek lathyros y a name used for vetch) 
LeguminbsecB 

7. Lathyrus latifolius, var. splendens 
English Names: Everlasting pea, Perennial pea. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM EUROPE JULY AND AUGUST 



IARGE, brilliant, rosy-purple, or sometimes red, unfragrant sweet- 
-^ pea-like blossoms, profusely borne in loose clusters on sturdy climb- 
ing stems four to eight feet long. Leaves compound, grayish green, and 
persistent, forming an ex- 
cellent background. This 
variety is the best form 
of the type, being very 
showy and free growing, 
but is not suitable for the 
herbaceous border except 
when grown on a trellis at 
the back. Excellent for 
covering rough wild banks 
and stumps as it thrives 
anywhere, even among 
bushes and stones. Very 
good also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, in sun or 
shade, grows very rapidly 
but should not be often 
disturbed, on account of 
the size of the long fleshy 
roots. 

Propagate by seed or 
division; does not always 
come true to seed. 




251 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hahit # Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LIATRIS 

(Name of unknown origin) 
Composite 

15. Liatris pycnostachya 

English Names: Blazing star, Kansas gay feather, Button snake root, Devil's 

bit, Rattlesnake's master. 



CENTRAL U. S. A. 



EARLY JULY THROUGH AUGUST 



SMALL purple flower heads, about one half inch long, in showy, long, 
dense spikes five to eighteen inches long, which commence to flower 
at the top, borne on leafy stems three to five feet high. Leaves slender 
and grasslike, thickly 
clothing the stem; persist- 
ent. Excellent in masses 
in the herbaceous border 
or naturalized against 
shrubbery or in waste 
places. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture. Will grow in very 
poor soil, in sun, but 
thrives best in rich garden 
soil and in partial shade. 

Propagate by seed 
sown in autumn or by 
division. 




253 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



H&bitdi 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek Uirion, a lily) 
Liliacece 

40. Lilium auratum 
English Name: Gold-banded lily. 

JAPAN JULY AND AUGUST 



IARGE, showy, fragrant flowers spreading nearly a foot wide, cream 
-* colored, thickly mottled with purple and with a golden band down 
the centre of each petal; borne in heads of two to five on leafy stems two to 
four feet high. Leaves 
slender and inconspicu- 
ous. Very effective scat- 
tered or in masses in the 
herbaceous border, or 
scattered among shrub- 
bery. Too large a mass 
should not be used in the 
border, as the foliage dies 
down after blooming and 
may leave a bare spot. 
Good for cutting. 

A hardy perennial, but 
of short life, the bulb 
usually dying in two or 
three years. A well- 
drained soil is essential, 
and manure should never 
be allowed to come in 
direct contact with the 
bulb. Lily bulbs should 
be deeply planted, with 
the top of the bulb about 
six inches below the 
ground, as they are then 
more resistant to drought, 
hot weather, and frost. In 
planting excavate to twice the depth of the bulb planting, fill in first with 
well-composted manure, then with about an inch of sand, or perhaps 
better two or three inches of fresh sphagnum moss, then place the bulb; 

255 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>ii & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



4-0. Lilium auratum {Continued) 

cover with light soil mixed with peat or leaf mold. Further enrichment 
can be given from time to time by mulching with well-rotted manure. 
Will thrive in sun or partial shade, but the ground should always be kept 
cool and moist, either by shade or by a top dressing of peat or leaf mold. 
Propagate by offsets, by bulb-scales, removed when ripe, or very 
slowly by seed. 



257 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 

(The classic Latin name, from the Greek Uirion, a lily) 
Liliacea 

76. Lilium Batemani (*L. elegans, var. fulgens; L. fulgens; 

L. sanguineum) 



JAPAN 



JULY AND AUGUST 



SPREADING apricot or salmon-red unspotted flowers, smaller than 
those of L. elegans, borne erect in heads of one to five on a sturdy, 
slightly cobwebby, and leafy stalk one to three feet high. Leaves slender 
and rather inconspicuous. 
Very effective for massing 
in the herbaceous border, 
and probably the best of 
all for massing against 
shrubbery. Too large a 
mass should not be used in 
the border, as the foliage 
dies down and may leave 
a bare spot. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture. A 
well-drained soil is essen- 
tial, and manure should 
never be allowed to come 
in direct contact with the 
bulb. For proper plant- 
ing see Lilium elegans 
(page 265). Will 
thrive in sun or shade, 
but the ground should 
always be kept cool and 
moist either by shade or 
by a top dressing of peat 
or leaf mold. 

Propagate by offsets, 
which make good bulbs 
in about three years; or by bulb-scales removed when ripe. 

*Form of name most approved by botanical authorities. 




259 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leirion, a lily) 
Liliacca 

41. Lilium candidum 
English Name: Madonna lily. 

S. EUROPE LATE JUNE TO MID-JULY 



VERY fragrant, pure white, trumpet-shaped flowers, three and a half 
to five inches long, borne horizontally, six to twenty-five in a head, 
on tall, erect, and leafy stems two to four feet high. Leaves slender 
and inconspicuous. Very 
effective in small clumpsin 
the herbaceous border or 
against shrubbery, show- 
ing to best advantage with 
a high background of foli- 
age. In large massesis less 
effective than many other 
Lilies. After blooming the 
foliage dies to the ground, 
makingalow,greensecond 
growth before winter. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture though par- 
ticularly liable to Lily 
disease. The best pre- 
ventive against this blight 
is to dust the bulbs with 
powdered sulphur before 
planting and spray the 
foliage with Bordeaux 
mixture before the blight 
appears. A well-drained 
soil is essential, and ma- 
nure should never be al- 
lowed to come in direct 
contact with the bulb. 

The bulbs should be planted with the base of the bulb about four 
inches below the ground, as they are then more resistant to drought, 
hot weather, and frost. In planting excavate to twice the depth of 

261 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations * 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



41. Lilium candidum (Continued) 

the bulb planting, fill in first with well-composted manure, then with 
about an inch of sand, or perhaps better two or three inches of fresh 
sphagnum moss, then place the bulb. Cover with light soil mixed with 
peat or leaf mold. Further enrichment can be given from time to time 
by mulching with well-rotted manure. Will thrive in sun or partial 
shade, but the ground should always be kept cool and moist either by 
shade or by a top dressing of peat or leaf mold. 

•Propagate best by bulb-scales which, if separated as soon as the foliage 
begins to turn in August, will send up leaves before winter; by offsets, or, 
very slowly, by seed. 



263 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



H&bitexi. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (He£>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propevg action 



LILIUM 

(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leirion, a lily) 
Liliacem 

116. Lilium elegans (Thunbergii) (L. dahuricu-m; L. Thun- 
bergidnum; L. umbelldtum; L. formosum) 

JAPAN JUNE TO MID-JULY 



IARGE, spreading, self-colored flowers of brilliant yellow : orange borne 
Ji erect in heads of one to five on a sturdy, slightly cobwebby, and leafy 
stalk one to two feet high. Leaves slender and rather inconspicuous. 
Very effective in masses 
in the herbaceous border 
or among shrubbery. 
Perhaps the most satis- 
factory species of Lily for 
general garden use. Too 
large a mass should not be 
used in the border, as the 
foliage dies down and may 
leave a bare spot. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture. 
A well-drained soil is 
essential and manure 
should never be allowed 
to come in direct contact 
with the bulb. Bulbs 
should be deeply planted 
with the base of the bulb 
about six inches below the 
ground, as they are then 
more resistant to drought, 
hot weather, and frost. In 
planting excavate to 
twice the depth of the 
bulb planting, fill in first 
with well-composted ma- 
nure, then with about an inch of sand, then place the bulb. Cover with 
light soil mixed with peat or leaf mold. Further enrichment can be given 
from time to time by mulching with well-rotted manure. 

265 




NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations : 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



n6. Lilium elegans (Thunbergii) {Continued) 

Will thrive in sun or partial shade, but the ground should always be 
kept cool and moist either by shade or by a top dressing of peat or 
leaf mold. 

Propagate by offsets, which make good bulbs in about three years, 
or by bulb-scales removed when ripe. 

There are many excellent varieties of L. elegans (of which L. Batemani, 
already given, is one) differing from the type chiefly in the color of the 
flower. Among the best are: 

Var. bicolor. Bright red flowers with orange centres. 

Var. Alice Wilson. Large lemon-yellow flowers. 

Var. Wdllacei (L. Wdllacei). A smaller and later-blooming form. 
Flowers apricot spotted with black. 



267 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage Qfabit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 



CHINA 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leiroin, a lily) 
LUiacta 

5. Lilium Henryi 

AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, dark salmon-orange flowers sparingly spotted with red-brown, 
-/ borne horizontally in loose pyramidal heads of four to eight flowers 
on leafy stems of graceful and unconventional habit four to eight feet high. 
Leaves slender and rather 
inconspicuous. Superb 
in clumps in the herba- 
ceous border or massed 
against shrubbery. After 
blooming the foliage dies 
to the ground. A recently 
introduced and therefore 
still comparatively ex- 
pensive variety but none 
the less sturdy and free 
growing. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture. 
A well-drained soil is 
essential, and manure 
should never be allowed 
to come in direct contact 
with the bulb. For proper 
planting of Lilies see 
Lilium auratum (page 
255). Will thrive in sun 
or partial shade, but the 
ground should always be 
kept cool and moist either 
by shade or by a top dress- 
ing of peat or leaf mold. 

Propagate by offsets or by bulb-scales planted as soon as ripe. 




369 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



i 



LILIUM 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leirion, a lily) 
Liliacete 



52. Lilium speciosum, vars. (L. lancifolium, vars. ; L. prcecox, vars.) 

JAPAN AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, and, in some varieties, fragrant flowers, white, or white 
J suffused with pink or rosy-red, and much spotted with red; with 
recurved and twisted petals, borne somewhat pendulously in unbranching 
heads of three to ten 
flowers on a graceful leafy 
stem two to four feet high, 
of rather unconventional 
habit. Leaves larger and 
broader than with most 
Lilies. Very effective scat- 
tered or in masses in the 
herbaceous border,or scat- 
tered among shrubbery. 
Too large a mass should 
not be used in the herba- 
ceous border, as the foliage 
dies down after blooming, 
and may leave a bare spot. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture. A 
well-drained soil is essen- 
tial, and manure should 
never be allowed to come 
in direct contact with the 
bulb. For proper planting 
of Lilies see Lilium aura- 
turn (page 255). 

Propagate by offsets 
or by bulb-scales divided 
as soon as ripe. 

The best varieties of L. speciosum are: 

Var. album. Pure white and fragrant. 

Var. Melpomene. White suffused with deep crimson. 

Var. rubrum (var. roseum). White shaded and spotted with rose, fragrant, 
the best and most vigorous variety. 

271 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq£>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leirion, a lily) 
Liliacea 

29. Lilium superbum 
English Names: Turk's-cap lily, Turk's-head lily, Nodding lily, Wild lily. 

EASTERN NORTH AMERICA MID-JUNE TO MID-JULY 



BRIGHT reddish orange flowers conspicuously spotted with brown, with 
pointed, much recurved petals, carried pendently in a tall pyramidal 
cluster of from six to eighteen flowers on a sturdy leafy stem three to six 
feet tall. Leaves, often in 
whorls around the stem, 
pointed and rather incon- 
spicuous. Excellent in 
clumps in the herbaceous 
border or naturalized 
among shrubs, or by the 
watersidewhere it may at- 
tain a height of eight to ten 
feet. After blooming the 
foliage dies to the ground. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial growing wild 
throughout the eastern 
United States, of easiest 
culture, even in heavy and 
damp soil. Manure should 
never be allowed to come 
in contact with the bulb. 
For proper planting of 
Lilies see Lilium auratum 
(page 255). Will thrive in 
sun or half-shade, but does 
best if the ground is kept 
cool and moist either by 
shade or by a top dressing 
of peat or leaf mold. 

Propagate by offsets, bulb-scales divided as soon as quite ripe, or, 
very slowly, by seed. 




273 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itevt. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leirion, a lily) 
Liliaceee 

30. Lilium tigrinum 
English Names: Tiger lily, Crumple lily. 

CHINA EARLY JULY THROUGH AUGUST 



BRIGHT orange-red flowers with recurved petals thickly covered with 
purple spots; carried pendantly in a loose head of three to twelve 
flowers on an erect, somewhat cobwebby, and leafy stem two to five feet 
high. Leaves dark green, 
thin, and pointed, not very 
conspicuous, with bulblets 
in the axils of the upper 
leaves. Excellent for 
planting in small clumps 
in the herbaceous border, 
and very brilliant natu- 
ralized in masses against 
shrubbery. After bloom- 
ing the foliage dies to the 
ground. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture, 
even in fairly heavy soil. 
Like most Lilies, how- 
ever, it does best in a well- 
drained soil, and manure 
should never be allowed 
to come in contact with 
the bulb. For proper 
planting of Lilies see 
Lilium auratum (page 
2 55)- Will thrive in sun or 
half-shade, but does best 
if the ground is kept cool 
and moist either by shade 
or by a top dressing of peat or leaf mold. 

Propagate by offsets, bulb-scales, or by the axillary bulblets which 
will usually produce bloom the third or fourth year. 

27s 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LILIUM 



(The classic Latin name, from the Greek leirion, a lily) 
Liliacctz 

117. Lilium tenuifolium 
English Name: Siberian coral lily. 

SIBERIA JUNE 



RICH scarlet flowers with darker shadings and recurving petals, car- 
ried pendently in clusters of from one to twenty on erect stems one 
to two feet high. Leaves exceedingly slender, curled at the edges, incon- 
spicuous. Excellent for 
massing in the herbaceous 
border, being very showy 
and easily grown. After 
blooming the foliage dies 
to the ground. A perfectly 
hardy perennial of easiest 
cultureinany well-drained, 
light soil. Likemost 
Lilies, however, it does 
best in rich soil, though 
manure should never be 
allowed to come in contact 
with the bulb. The bulb 
should beplantedwith the 
base about four inches be- 
lowthe ground. Excavate 
to twice the depth of the 
bulb planting, fill in first 
with well-rotted manure, 
then with about an inch of 
sand, then place the bulb, 
surround it with sand, and 
fill in with light soil, prefer- 
ably mixed with peat or 
leaf mold. Mulch from 
time to time with well- 
rotted manure. Requires sun, but does best if the ground is kept cool and 
moist either by shade or a top dressing of peat or leaf mold. 
Easily propagated from seeds or bulb-scales. 

277 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)itat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HqJ>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LINUM 

(The classical Latin name) 

Linacea 

118. Linum perenne 

English Name: Flax. 



EUROPE, WESTERN U. S. A. 



EARLY MAY THROUGH JULY 



SMALL, flat, five-petaled azure-blue flowers freely borne at the ends 
of very slender, erect, and branching leafy stems one to two feet 
high. Leaves very small and slender; inconspicuous. Excellent 
for the rock garden or 
herbaceous border. Ex- 
tremely dainty and yet 
showy, as the flowers 
though short-lived are 
very continuously borne. 
Good for planting in dry 
places. 

A hardy perennial of 
easiest culture in any rich, 
light soil. Prefers an open 
situation exposed to the 
sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division; will often 
bloom the first year from 
seed. 






•••.-' *- - ■» /^*- *„ + ■' • 



• *<. 



279 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itc\t. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propexg ation 



LOBELIA 

(Named for Matthias de L'Obel, 1538-1616, a Flemish botanist and author) 
Lobcliacca 

100. Lobelia cardinalis 

English Names: Cardinal flower, Indian pink, Red Betty, Red cardinal, 

Slink weed, Hog physic. 



EASTERN N. AMERICA 



MID-JULY THROUGH AUGUST 



INTENSE cardinal-red flowers about one inch long, born in spikes on erect, 
unbranching, leafy stems two to four feet tall. Leaves narrow and in- 
conspicuous, dying down after the blooming season. Good for shady spots 
in the herbaceous border 
on account of the bril- 
liance of its flowers, but 
especially fine for natu- 
ralizing in swampy spots 
or by the water side. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any moist 
soil, preferably rich, in 
sun or shade. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division; 
will self-sow. 



&£m dL 




^liwBPg 
















■ ■£££ 




7 yirj 






m^Sk 














-^ty 


T¥k 


V 


jy 


s 


r'\ "iU 


'If n 





281 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itext. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plani & Foliage (Ho£>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LUPINUS 



(A classical Latin name for some leguminous plant, from lupus, a wolf, because it was supposed to destroy fertility) 

Leguminbsa 

33. Lupinus polyphyllus, vars. (L. grandiflorus) 
English Name: Lupine. 

PACIFIC SLOPE, U. S. A. MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE 



/ 



PEA-SHAPED flowers, typically deep blue, but white and pink in 
its varieties, thickly borne in stately spikes from a foot to a foot and 
a half long, rising above the foliage to a height of two to five feet. Leaves 
divided like a palm, from 
four to ten inches in diam- 
eter, dark green and 
satiny, forming a very 
handsome persistent 
clump. Excellent for the 
herbaceous border, for 
naturalizing, or for cut 
flowers. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any garden 
soil, even though rather 
poor and dry, except 
possibly where lime is 
present. Succeeds best 
in sun and in a cool 
climate, and when once 
established should not be 
moved. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

There are several hor- 
ticultural varieties, but 
the best are: 

Var. dlbus (var. albi- 
florus). Similar to thetype 
but with white flowers. 

Var. roseus. Somewhat lower growing than the type, flowers clear 
shell-pink. 



ft -II > 






9 A ■ 
/ ■■ 


p^3S ft*- -^ XT} S 




'irfa 




*4 A* 




si 
1 

m 


* vjHr x* -ft 3$S3 






KJ9 Kli^fl 








1 ' 4 


■■ r y. 






p- ' -.< - 




^n^^»N 




s 


X: — 


- *• "". ,. *-k > "*- 





283 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LYCHNIS 

(From the Greek lucknos, a lamp, because of the brilliant flowers) 
Caryophyllaceee 

53. Lychnis chalcedonica 

English Names: Jerusalem- or Knight's-cross, Maltese- or Scarlet-cross, 
Maltese sage, Scarlet lychnis, Scarlet lightning, Campion of Constantinople, 
Cross of Jerusalem, Fire balls, None-such, Mock sweet William. 



RUSSIA OR JAPAN 



JUNE TO MID-JULY 



CROSS-SHAPED flowers of brilliant scarlet in close terminal clusters 
borne on unbranching, rather stalky, hairy stems two to three feet 
high. Leaves small, pointed, sometimes quite narrow, hairy, and incon- 
spicuous. Good in the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of the vivid color 
of its flowers, but should 
always be placed where 
the foliage of other flowers 
will conceal the bareness 
of its stems. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any good garden 
soil, in sun or shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

Var. flore pleno, a 
double-flowered form, as 
good as the type. 




285 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 








- 


General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hq±>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LYCHNIS 

(From the Greek luchnos y a lamp, because of the brilliant flowers) 
Caryophyllacea 

132. Lychnis Viscaria, var. splendens 
English Name: German catchfly. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY JUNE 

TYPE FROM EUROPE AND NORTHERN ASIA 



SMALL rosy-red flowers, in short-stalked clusters which form round 
tufted head, borne in profusion on upright stems six to twenty inches 
high. Sticky patches on the stem below the flower clusters are respon- 
sible for the name Catch- 
fly. Leaves long and 
grasslike. Good for the 
rock garden or for the her- 
baceous border on account 
of its bright color and very 
free bloom. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any good light 
soil. Resists drought well. 
Should have full exposure 
to the sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




287 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LYSIMACHIA 

(From lysimackion, the Greek name for a medicinal herb, derived from lyo> to loose, and machomai, 
strife, because supposed to quiet oxen that would not draw well together in the same yoke) 

Primulacece 

87. Lysimachia clethroides 
English Name: Japanese loosestrife. 

JAPAN JULY AND AUGUST 



PURE white starlike flowers, one half inch in diameter, borne in 
long and graceful terminal spikes on stout stems, at a height of two to 
three feet. Leaves large, three to six inches long, broadly pointed, dying 
after the blooming season 
though still attractive for 
a considerable time. Good 
for planting in the herba- 
ceous border and for natu- 
ralizing by the water side. 
Very good also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any good soil in 
sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS Etc 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>ited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



LYTHRUM 

(From the Greek lythron, gore; alluding to the color of the flowers) 
Lythracea 

54. Lythrum Salicaria, var. roseum superbum (L. roseum 

superbum) 

English Names: Rose loosestrife, Spiked loosestrife, Spiked willow herb, 
Milk willow herb, Willow weed, Willow wort, Sage willow, Red Sally, Rain- 
bow weed, Black blood. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM AUSTRALIA JULY AND AUGUST 



IARGE rose-colored flowers in a tall spike borne on a graceful leafy stem 
-/ two to five feet high. Leaves willowlike, two to three inches 
long; persistent. Good in moist places in the herbaceous border, and 
especially good for natu- 
ralizing among shrubbery 
or by the water side. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any moist soil. 
Will thrive in full sun or 
partial shade. 

Propagate by division. 




291 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>ite\i. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propexg ation 



MONARDA 

(Named for Nicholas Monardes, Spanish botanist of the sixteenth century) 
Lab id t a 

77. Monarda didyma (M. fistulosa; M. kalmidna) 

English Names: Oswego tea, Bee balm, Rose balm, Low balm, Red or Scarlet 
balm, Fragrant balm, Mountain mint, Indian's plume, Sweet Mary, Square stalk, 
Horse mint. 



N. AMERICA 



MID-JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



VERY fragrant, wide-mouthed, brilliant scarlet flowers borne in large 
heads on rather coarse stalks two to four feet high. Leaves thin 
and insignificant. Not an attractive plant in detail because of the coarse- 
ness of its habit, but very 
effective seen at a dis- 
tance when massed in a 
large herbaceous border 
on account of the very 
fine and vivid color of its 
flowers. Excellent also for 
naturalizing by the water 
side or in woods. In- 
creases so rapidly that it 
sometimes proves trouble- 
some in the border. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any ordinary soil, in sun 
or shade. Though its 
natural habitat is in damp 
places, it will thrive with- 
out an unusual amount 
of moisture. Should fre- 
quently be divided. 

Propagate by division 
in spring. 

Var. alba, a white- 
flowered form, has the 
habit of the type, but 
lacks the brilliant color 
of the flowers; has little to recommend it. 

293 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HdSit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



MONTBRETIA 

(Named for A. F. E. Coquebert de Montbret, 1780-1801, a French botanist) 
Iridacea 

55. Montbretia crocosmaeflora (*Tritonia crocosmceflora) 
English Name: Blazing star. 

HORTICULTURAL HYBRID, TYPE FROM S. AFRICA JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



ORANGE-SCARLET, starlike flowers about two inches across, 
hanging in long graceful spikes from slender, much-branching 
stems, three to four feet high. Leaves tall, narrow, and stiff, springing 
from the ground around 
the bulb. Excellent for 
the herbaceous border on 
account of its gay color 
and decorative habit. 

A half-hardy perennial 
of easy cultureinrich, well- 
drained soil, in sun. South 
of New York it may be 
treated like other hardy 
perennials if given the pro- 
tection of a good mulch in 
winter. In cold climates 
the bulbs should be 
wintered in slightly damp 
earth indoors and planted 
out again in April or May. 

Propagate by offsets 
or by bulb-scales. 

There are a number of 
named varieties varying 
chiefly in the color of the 
flowers. Among the most 
popular are: 

Var. germdnica. 
Orange-scarlet with 
blood-red throat. 

Var. Rayon d'Or. Deep yellow and brown. 

Var. Transcendant. Golden-yellow, bright red outside. 

*Name most approved by botanical authorities. 

29S 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



MYOSOTIS 



(The classic Greek name, derived from myos, of a mouse, and ous an ear, on account of the form of the leaf) 



158. Myosotis palustris, var. semperflorens 

English Names: Forget-me-not, Mouse ear, Scorpion grass, Marsh Scorpion 
grass, Snake grass, Caterpillars, Love-me. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM E. ASIA MAY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



SMALL, bright, light blue flowers with a yellow eye and pink buds, 
freely borne in loose clusters on leafy half-creeping stems six to ten 
inches long. Foliage small, roundish, and bright green, thick and very 
persistent. Very excellent 
for carpeting in shady 
places, under shrubbery, 
or at the front of the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of its long season 
of bloom and bright last- 
ing foliage. Excellent 
also for shady spots in 
the rock garden or for 
naturalizing by the water 
side, and good for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any ordinary soil. 
Prefers moist, partially 
shady situation, but will 
thrive in the ordinary bor- 
der in sun if not allowed 
to suffer from drought. 

Propagate by seed or 
very easily by cuttings or 
division. 




297 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



OENOTHERA 

(From oinothera* "wine-trap," the Greek name for the plant, oinos, wine, and tkcran, to catch. The edible root was used 

as a relish with the wine after dinner) 

Onagracece 

108. CEnothera fruticosa, var. Youngii {0. Youngii) 
English Names: Evening primrose, Sundrops. 

NORTH AMERICA JUNE AND JULY 

FRAGRANT, bright lemon-yellow flowers one and one half to two 
inches across, freely borne in clusters on a sturdy, much-branched 
plant growing one and one half to two feet high. Leaves shiny grayish 
green, firm and fairly 
large, narrow, pointed- 
oval, nearly three inches 
long; persistent. Excel- 
lent for the herbaceous 
border on account of its 
stocky habit and pro- 
fusion of bright flowers, 
which in spite of its Eng- 
lish name bloom through- 
out the daytime except in 
very bright sun. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any garden soil, in sun 
or half-shade. Does best 
in full sun and dry, sandy 
soil. 

Propagate by seed or 
by cuttings. 




299 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
"VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



OENOTHERA 



(From oinothcra, "wine-trap,'* the Greek name for the plant, oinos, wine, and tkeran, to catch. The edible root was used 

as a relish with the wine after dinner) 

Onagracea 

149. CEnothera missouriensis {CE. macrocdrpa; Megapterium 

missouriense) 

English Names: Evening primrose, Sundrops. 

MISSOURI AND NEBRASKA TO TEXAS JUNE TO EARLY AUGUST 



VERY large, fragrant, bright yellow flowers, three to five inches across, 
profusely borne on trailing stems which ascend to a height of six to 
twelve inches. Leaves thick and narrow, sometimes five inches long; 
persistent. Excellent for 
the front of the herba- 
ceous border or for the 
rock garden. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any light soil, in sun or 
half-shade. Does well in 
dry places in full sun. 

Propagate by cuttings 
or by division. 




301 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 






\ 




MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<xbU & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PAEONIA 

(From the classic Greek name paionia, named for Paion y the physician of the gods) 
Ranunculacea 

27. Paeonia moutan, vars. (P. arborea, vars.) 

English Names: Tree peony, Chinese tree, Botan (Japan), Meutang 
(meaning King of Flowers, China) 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES 
TYPE FROM CHINA 



MAY 



BEAUTIFUL, large, single or double, slightly fragrant flowers often eight 
to ten inches across, ranging in color from white to deep crimson, 
borne on much-branched, somewhat woody stems from three to six feet 
high. Foliage thick, shiny 
green, very handsome, and 
persistent. Very fine in 
isolated clumps in the her- 
baceous border, or among 
shrubbery. Undoubtedly 
the most splendid of the 
Peonies, though some- 
what harder to grow than 
the other species. Good 
also for cutting. 

Strictly a shrub rather 
than a herbaceous peren- 
nial, and mostly quite 
hardy. Does well in sun, 
though blooming longer 
in partial shade. In plant- 
ing the soil should be dug 
to a depth of two or more 
feet, with a large quantity 
of well-rotted horse ma- 
nure or cow manure 
worked in at the bottom. 
Fill with soft, rich loam 
mixed in equal quantities 
with leaf mold. The roots 
should not come in direct 
contact with the manure. Peonies should be liberally watered at all times, 

3^3 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



2j. Paeonia moutan, vars. {Continued) 

especially when in bloom. Watering with liquid manure is beneficial 
when the ground is dry. It usually requires two to three years for 
Peonies to become well-established, but when once established they will 
bloom if undisturbed for twenty years or more. By far the best time 
for planting is in the early fall, September or October, though with care 
any time from the middle of August till spring will do. In winter tree 
Peonies should be protected with manure or straw to a depth of a foot 
or more, and above that covered by dry leaves held down by brush or 
light boards; a light wood or canvas covering at the top to shed rain is also 
wise. In late spring the manure should be well dug into the ground 
and the leaves removed, beginning at the bottom, those at the top of the 
bush remaining until all danger of frost is past. 

Propagate by grafting on the roots of the herbaceous species. Plants 
from Japan are usually grafted on the roots of a purple flowered variety, 
whose suckers, unless constantly cut, are liable to choke the graft. 

Nearly all the tree Peonies (of which in China there are hundreds) 
are fine, especially the single varieties. One of the best known and finest 
is Elizabeth, with large, much-doubled, bright salmon-pink flowers. 



305 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant ff Foliage (Ho±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PAEONIA 

(From the classic Greek name paionia, named for Paion, the physician of the gods) 
Ranunculacea 

78. Paeonia officinalis, vars. (P. fiilgida, vars.) 

English Names: Old-fashioned peony, Early flowering or European peony, 
Piney, Naupie, Sheep-shearing rose, Vinegar rose. 



SOUTHERN EUROPE AND HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES 



EARLY MAY TO EARLY JUNE 



IARGE, fragrant, typically crimson single flowers; in the horticul- 
-> tural varieties ranging from white to deep mahogany, and single 
or double; borne on stout leafy stems two to three feet high. Leaves 
divided into fifteen to 
twenty oval leaflets, dark 
green above and pale be- 
neath, very handsome and 
persistent. Very excel- 
lent in clumps in the 
herbaceous border on 
account of the trim, hand- 
some, and lasting foliage 
and the brilliant flowers. 
Excellent also for front of 
shrubbery beds and for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture, 
in sun or partial shade, 
though blooming longer 
in partial shade. In plant- 
ing the soil should be dug 
to a depth of two or more 
feet, with a large quantity 
of well-rotted horse or 
cow manure worked in at 
the bottom. Fill with 
soft, rich loam mixed in 
equal quantities with leaf 
mold. The roots should be 
set carefully, with the crowns between two and three inches below the sur- 
face of the ground, and should not come in direct contact with the manure. 

307 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



78. Paednia officinalis, vars. (Continued) 

Peonies should be liberally watered at all times, especially when in bloom. 
Watering with liquid manure is beneficial when the ground is dry. It 
usually requires two or three years for Peonies to become well-established, 
but when once established they will bloom if undisturbed for twenty years 
or more. 

By far the best time for dividing or planting is in the early fall, Sep- 
tember or October, though with care any time from the middle of August 
till early spring will do. In winter a covering of manure should be given 
which should be well worked into the ground in spring. 

Propagate by division. 

The old-fashioned varieties, all of which are excellent, are: 

Var. rubra plena. "Old Double Crimson," very double, deep rich 
crimson. 

Var. rosea -plena. "Old Double Rose," very double, bright rose. 

Var. alba plena (mutdbilis alba). "Old Double Flesh-White," very 
double, bright coral changing to pure white. 

Excellent single varieties are: 

Var. anemona 'flora. Deep blood-crimson, almost single flowers, with 
a mass of twisted maroon stamens edged with yellow. 

Var. Otto Froebel. Single, pale cherry-red flowers. 

Var. rosea. Single, deep rose flowers. 

Var. Sabini. Single, deep crimson flowers with golden stamens. 

P. lobdta. A species very similar to P. officinalis, has single cerise- 
salmon flowers; the only Peony of this color. 



309 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage QfobitS 'Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PAEONIA 

(From the classic Greek name paionia y named for Paion y the physician of the gods) 

Ranunculacea 

34. Paeonia (albifldra hybrids) vars. (P. sinensis vars.) 
English Names: Herbaceous peony, Late flowering or Chinese peony. 



CHINA AND HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES 



LATE MAY TO LATE JUNE 



BEAUTIFUL, large, single or double fragrant flowers, four to six inches 
across, in shades varying from pure white to crimson and mahogany, 
and parti-colored, borne sometimes two to five on a stem on upright leafy 
stems, often branching, 
two to four feet high. 
Leaves pointed-oval, deep 
glossy green with red vein- 
ings, very handsome, and 
persistent. One of the 
very best plants for the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of its hardiness 
and splendid trim-foliage 
effect throughout the 
season, as well as for its 
very lovely flowers. Ex- 
cellent also for the front 
of shrubbery beds and for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture, 
in sun or partial shade. 
In planting the soil should 
be dug to a depth of two 
or more feet, with a large 
quantity of well-rotted 
horse or cow manure 
worked in at the bottom. 
Fill with soft, rich loam 
mixed in equal quantities 
with leaf mold. The roots should be set carefully, with the crowns between 
two and three inches below the surface of the ground, and should not 

come in direct contact with the manure. Peonies should be liberally 

311 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag action 



34- Paeonia (albiflora hybrids) vars. {Continued) 

watered at all times, especially when in bloom. Watering with liquid 
manure is beneficial when the ground is dry. It usually requires two or 
three years for Peonies to become established, but when once estab- 
lished they will bloom if undisturbed for twenty years or more. By far 
the best time for dividing or planting is in the early fall, September or 
October, though with care any time from the middle of August till early 
spring will do. In winter a covering of manure should be given which 
should be well worked into the ground in spring. 

Propagate by division. 

There are a thousand or more horticultural varieties of herbaceous 
Peonies, nearly all derived from Paeonia albiflora, and the number is con- 
stantly being added to. These vary in color, size of flower, season of 
bloom, and very much in the form of the flower. It is impossible to con- 
vey any idea of these flower forms without photographs, and the only 
really satisfactory way to choose Peonies is by seeing them in bloom at a 
nursery. The following short list, therefore, is simply a classification of 
some of the universal favorites, all of which will be found to be very de- 
sirable varieties: 

Yellow: 

Canari. Outside petals ivory-white, centre amber, medium-sized 
double flowers. 

Solfatare. Outside petals pure white, centre sulphur-yellow, medium- 
sized double flowers. 

White : 

Baroness Schroeder. Ivory-white, very large double flowers, bloom- 
ing in mid-season. 

Couronne d'Or. Pure white, with amber-yellow reflex and yellow 
stamens, centre petals tipped carmine. Large, double fragrant flowers, 
blooming late. 

Duchess e de Nemours (Calot). Sulphur-white with greenish reflections, 
fading to pure white. Large, double fragrant flowers, blooming in mid- 
season. 

Duke of Wellington. White with sulphur-white centre. Large, double 
fragrant flowers. 

Festiva. Pure white, centre petals tipped with crimson. Large, double 
flowers, blooming late. A dwarf variety. 

313 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



34- Paeonia (albiflora hybrids) vars. {Continued) 

Festiva Maxima. Pure white, centre petals tipped with crimson. 
Very large double flowers, blooming early. The finest white form, and 
one of the best and most freely blooming Peonies. 

Marie Lemoine. Pure white, with ivory centre petals tipped carmine. 
Very large double flowers, blooming late. The best late white variety. 

Mme. de Verneville. Sulphur-white with rosy centre petals tipped 
carmine. Very large, double, finely shaped flowers. 

Pale Rose: 

Charlemagne . Flesh-white, centre tinted mauve-pink. Large, double 
fragrant flowers. 

Eugene Verdier. Delicate flesh-pink. Very large double flowers, 
blooming late. 

Mme. Boulanger. White tinted with delicate mauve-pink. Flowers 
double and very late blooming. 

Mme. Calot. Pale pinkish white with darker centre. Large, double 
fragrant flowers, blooming early. 

Rose: 

Baron Rothschild. Outside petals shell-pink, centre white. Large, 
double fragrant flowers. 

Edulis Superba. Outside petals violet-rose, centre mauve-rose with 
silvery reflex. Large, double very fragrant flowers, blooming very early. 

Humei. Deep rose-pink with silver tips. Large, double, compact 
fragrant flowers, blooming late. 

L 'Indispensable. Very delicate mauve-pink with darker centre. 
Very large, double flowers, blooming late. 

Livingstone. Pale mauve-pink tipped with white, centre touched with 
carmine. Blooming late. 

Perfection (Richardson). Clear flesh-pink shaded with deeper pink. 
Large, double fragrant flowers, blooming very late. 

Souvenir de l' Exposition Universelle. Clear cherry-rose, tipped silver. 
Large, double fragrant flowers. 

Red: 

Edouard Andre. Deep crimson-red, shaded black, with a metallic 
lustre, golden-yellow stamens. Large, semi-double flowers blooming in 
mid-season. 

315 



NAME 

YEAR 

APRIL 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUG. 

SEPT. 

OCT. 



55 i 1 



!/3 (O 



49 



49 



49 



49 



General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho±>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



34- Paeonia (albifldra hybrids) vars. (Continued) 

Felix Crousse. Brilliant red. Large, double fragrant flowers, bloom- 
ing in mid-season. 

Meissonier. Brilliant purple-crimson. Double fragrant flowers of 
medium size. 

Monsieur Martin Cahuzac. Deep purple-red, shaded black maroon. 
The darkest variety. Blooming in mid-season. 

Parti-colored : 

Golden Harvest. Outside petals pale mauve-pink, inside petals creamy 
white, with bluish pink crimson-tipped centre. Large, double fragrant 
flowers. 

Jeanne d'Arc. Outside petals soft pink, inside sulphur-white with 
brilliant pink centre stained crimson. Large double flowers. 



317 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PAEONIA 

(From the classic Greek name faionia, named for Paion, the physician of the gods) 
Ranunculacea 

130. Paeonia tenuifolia 
English Names: Fennel- or Fern-leaved peony 

CAUCASUS MAY 



IARGE, erect, single, deep crimson-red flowers borne on densely leafy 
J stems one to one and one half feet high. Leaves finely cut and 
feathery, dying after the blooming season. Good for the front of the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of the beauty of its 
flowers, though otherwise 
the plant is not to be 
compared with the other 
species of Peony. Excel- 
lent for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture in 
partial shade. For proper 
planting and cultivation 
see Paeonia officinalis 
(page 307). 

Propagate by division. 

Var. fibre pleno. A 

double-flowered variety, 

otherwise similar to the 

type. 




319 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



H&bitel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propag action 



PAPAVER 

(The classic Latin name) 
Papaveracece 

67. Papaver orientale, vars. 
English Name: Oriental poppy. 

ASIA MINOR AND PERSIA JUNE TO EARLY JULY 



IARGE open flowers six to eight inches across, typically of brilliant orange- 
ry scarlet with a dark purple eye and purple stamens, but ranging to pale 
salmon and deep crimson in the horticultural varieties ; borne on strong hairy 
stems two to three feet 
high. Foliage thickest at 
the bottom but growing 
somewhat up the stem, 
leaves large, rough, gray- 
ish green, irregularly and 
deeply notched and ex- 
tremely decorative, but 
dying to the ground after 
the blooming season. All 
the varieties are excellent 
forthe herbaceous border, 
though none are equal 
to the type, whose flowers 
are of incomparable bril- 
liancy; they must, how- 
ever, be planted where 
other plants will conceal 
the foliage after bloom, as 
at that time it becomes 
very unsightly. Must not 
be crowded, as a consider- 
able green growth is made 
in the fall. Excellent for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any good garden soil, preferably in sun. Should not be disturbed. 
Propagate easily by seed sown when ripe or by division after the 
flowering season, in late July or August. 

321 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant ff Foliage (Hd£>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



6y. Papaver orientale, vars. {Continued) 

Among the most popular varieties arranged in the order of their color 
are: 

Var. Blush Queen. Pale pink. 

Var. Princess Victoria Louisa. Soft salmon-rose shading to blush- 
rose. 

Var. Princess Ena. Clear apricot-pink. 

Var. Brightness. Orange-scarlet. 

Var. Royal Scarlet. Intense scarlet with dark centres. 

Var. Goliath. Crimson-scarlet, the largest flowers of all. 

Var. Parkmanii. Rich dark scarlet. 

Var. bractedtum (P. bracteatum). Deep crimson. 

Var. Duke of Teck. Brilliant very dark crimson. 

Var. Mahony. Very dark crimson-maroon, almost black. 



32"? 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET« 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common N&me 



Season 



HeJ>iteot. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd£>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propexgedion 



PAPAVER 

(The classic Latin name) 

Papaveracea 

136. Papaver nudicaule, vars. 
English Name: Iceland poppy. 



ARCTIC REGIONS 



MID-APRIL TO MID-JUNE 
LATE AUGUST THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



LARGE, delicate, crepey flowers about two and a half inches across, 
■J ranging in color from white through greenish yellow to orange and 
orange-red; borne singly on hairy leafless stems about twelve inches long, 
delicately curving at the 
top. Leaves grayish 
green, irregularly and 
deeply notched, extremely 
decorative and persistent, 
in a clump at the base of 
the plant. Charming in 
the front of the herba- 
ceous border or in the 
rock garden, and excellent 
for cutting. If not allowed 
to seed will bloom almost 
continuously until frost. 

Technically a hardy 
perennial, but rarely last- 
ing more than two years 
except in northern cli- 
mates. It should there- 
fore be treated as an 
annual or biennial, and re- 
sown every year or every 
second year. Of easiest 
culture in light, preferably 
rather rich soil, in full sun. 

Propagate by seed. 
Will bloom the first year 
from seed sown early. 




325 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PENTSTEMON 

(From the Greek petite, five, and stemon, stamens) 
Scrophulariacea 

28. Pentstemon barbatus, var. Torreyi {P. Torreyi; Chelone 

Torreyi) 

English Name: Beard tongue. 

COLORADO, NEW MEXICO JUNE AND JULY 



NARROW, tubular, scarlet-coral flowers ranged in erect heads on 
many stems which rise from a dense clump of foliage to a height of 
three to four feet. . Leaves mostly at the base of the plant, narrow, grayish 
green, and persistent. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border on account 
of its graceful habit and 
very good color; also good 
for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in any light 
soil. Good drainage and 
plenty of water in summer 
are essential. Requires 
full exposure to the sun 
and does best in a sandy 
loam somewhat enriched 
with well-rotted manure. 
In winter cover with 
ashes. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

There are various other 
varieties ranging from 
white to yellow-red, and 
from rose through red, 
purple, and violet to blue, 
but probably none is so 
good as the one here 
given. 




327 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 


i 








AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>ital 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hd±>ii & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PHLOX 

(From the Greek phlox, a flame) 



PolemoniacecB 



137. Phlox divaricata (P. canadensis) 
English Name: Wild sweet William. 

NORTHWESTERN NORTH AMERICA MAY 



FLAT, somewhat fragrant, lavender-blue flowers about one inch across, 
profusely born in small loose clusters terminating slender, branching, 
leafy stems ten to eighteen inches high. Leaves rather narrow and pointed; 
persistent. Excellent for 
the front of the herba- 
ceous border, for carpet- 
ing in damp places, in 
front of shrubbery, or by 
the water side, for the 
rock garden. Good also 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any moist, rich 
soil, in sun or shade. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 




329 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hei)itat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Proper action 



PHLOX 

(From the Greek phlox, a flame) 
Polemoniacea 

56. Phlox paniculata, vars. (P. decussdta) 
English Name: Hardy phlox. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES, TYPE FROM PENNSYLVANIA LATE JUNE THROUGH SEPTEMBER 

FLAT flowers one inch or more across, frequently very fragrant, typi- 
cally pale magenta, but in the horticultural varieties ranging through 
almost every color except yellow, profusely borne in close elongated heads, 
sometimes a foot long, on 
erect leafy stems from two 
to four feet high. Leaves 
medium-sized and narrow, 
handsome before bloom- 
ing, but unsightly after 
the blooming season. One 
of the most valuable 
flowers for massing in 
the herbaceous border on 
account of its fine habit, 
wide range of color, and 
profuse and long bloom. 
Good also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil, 
in sun. Does best in 
rich, rather moist soil. 
The plants when full 
grown form clumps two 
to three feet across, and 
that much space should 
be allowed them in the 
bed. They will thrive 
without any attention for 
many years, but for the 
best results the clumps should be divided every three years, in late fall, 
otherwise they are liable to become root-bound and by the growth of 
surrounding seedlings seem to revert to the type color. By pinching out 

3.11 




Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



56. Phlox paniculata, vars. {Continued) 

the tips in early summer the season of bloom may be considerably 
postponed. 

Propagate by division. 

There are a great number of horticultural varieties of many colors 
and shades. These differ in size of flower, profusion of bloom, height of 
plant, and somewhat in season of bloom. 

Among the most popular are: 

Bright Scarlet: 

Baron Von Dedem. Brilliant scarlet-red with salmon shading. 
Boule de Feu. Brilliant scarlet with crimson eye; low growing. 
Etna. Brilliant scarlet-red with maroon eye. 

Geo. H. Strohlein. Bright orange-scarlet with crimson-red eye; tall 
growing and very large flowered. The finest scarlet. 

Salmon-Scarlet : 

Aihis. Salmon-scarlet, very tall. Excellent variety. 
Gen. Chanzy. Salmon with bright pink centre. 

Gen. VonHeutsz. Bright salmon-scarlet with white centre. Excellent 
variety. 

Lothair. Salmon-red, carmine eye. 

White : 

Frau Anton Buchner. White. Very large flowers and flower heads, 
late blooming and dwarf. Excellent variety. 

Jeanne d'Arc. Pure white. Large flowers, medium tall, very late. 

Mrs. Jenkins. White. Very large flower heads, tall and early bloom- 
ing. Excellent variety. 

Tapis Blanc. Pure white. Very large flowers and flower heads, very 
dwarf. Excellent for edging. 

F. G. Von Lassburg. Pure white with the largest white flowers; 
medium tall. 

White with Crimson centre: 

Henry Murger. White with very large red eye. Very large flowers. 
The best of this type. 

Richard Wallace. White with deep violet-crimson eye. 

333 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



56. Phlox paniculata, vars. {Continued) 

Variegated: 

Beranger. Apple-blossom pink with rayed white halo and crimson 
centre. Very large flowers. 

De Miribel. White suffused with rose-scarlet. 

Light Pink: 

Elizabeth Campbell. Light salmon changing to pink in the centre. 
Large flowers and flower spikes. Excellent variety. 
Gruppenkonigen. Soft flesh-rose, carmine centre. 
Mme. PaulDutrie. Very delicate lilac-rose. Very large flower heads. 

Bright Pink: 

Rijnstroom. Clear bright pink. Very large flowers and flower trusses. 
Medium tall. The best bright pink. 

R. P. Struthers. Crimson-salmon with claret-red eye. 
Wm. Robinson. Salmon-rose with pink centre. 

Rose: 

Caran a" Ache. Soft old-rose with white eye. 

Crepuscule. Lilac-rose with crimson centre. Very large flowers. Ex- 
cellent variety. 

Pantheon. Uniform cerise-rose throughout. Large flowers. 

Crimson : 

Comte von Hockberg. Rich crimson. Large flowers, and fine color. 

Carmine-Magenta : 

Eclaireur. Rich rose-magenta with large rosy-white eye. Excep- 
tionally large flowers. Low growing. Excellent variety. 

Obergartner Wittig. Bright magenta with white centre. Crimson- 
carmine eye. Large flowers and flower heads. 

Rosenberg. Carmine-violet with blood-red eye. Exceptionally large 
flowers and fine form. Excellent variety. 

Lavender: 

Anton Mercie. Light lavender suffused with lilac. 
Eugene Danzanvilliers. Rosy-lilac shading white at centre. Large 
flower heads. Excellent variety. 

335 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho£>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



56. Phlox paniculata, vars. (Continued) 

Cross-of-Honor. Lilac with white border to each petal, medium-sized 
flowers. 

Blue: 

Le Mahdi. Deep reddish violet with darker eye, when in shade deep 
violet-blue. Large flower heads. 



337 






Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PHLOX 

(From the Greek pklox, a flame) 
Polemoniacece 

150. Phlox subulata, vars. (P. setdcea, vars.) 
English Names: Ground or Moss pink, Wild pink, Flowering moss. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES, TYPE FROM SOUTHEAST U. S. A. EARLY APRIL TO MID-MAY 



FLAT flowers nearly an inch across, typically magenta, but in the horti- 
cultural varieties in shades of pink, blue, and white, profusely borne 
in small clusters on low leafy stems two to six inches high. Leaves very 
narrow and sharp, form- 
ing a mosslike mat; ever- 
green. Excellent as an 
edging for the herbaceous 
border, for the rock gar- 
den, or for forming a 
carpet in dry places, on 
account of its fine foliage 
and thick sheet of bloom. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any light, dry soil, 
in full sun. 

Propagate by seed, by 
cuttings, or by division. 

The best horticultural 
varieties are: 

Var. alba (P. nivalis). 
White. 

Var. atropurpurea. 
Deep purple-rose, not a 
very good color. 

Var. lilaclna (var. G. 
F. Wilson). Light lilac- 
blue. 

Var. Nelsoni. White, 
small flower. 

Var. rosea. Delicate rose-pink. 




339 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PHLOX 

(From the Greek phlox, a flame) 



Polemoniacea 



101. Phlox suffruticosa, vars. (P. glaberrima, var. suffruticosa; 

P. nitida) 

English Name: Early blooming hardy phlox. 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES 
TYPE FROM SOUTHERN U. S. A 



JUNE TO MID-JULY, MID- 
AUGUST THROUGH OCTOBER 



FLAT flowers an inch or more across in white, flesh-pink, or purple, 
profusely borne in close elongated heads sometimes a foot long, on erect 
leafy stems from two to four feet high. Leaves medium size, narrow, and 
pointed, dark glossy 
green, and persistent. 

The white variety, 
Miss Lingard, is perhaps 
the best of all hardy 
Phloxes on account of its 
fine foliage and long 
bloom. All the varieties 
if not allowed to seed will 
bloom well a second time 
in September. One of 
the most valuable flowers 
for massing in the herba- 
ceous border. Good also 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture in 
any garden soil, in sun. 
Does best in rich, rather 
moist soil. Should not be 
crowded, and should be 
divided every three years 
in late fall. 

Propagate by division. 

Var. Miss Lingard. Pure 
white with pale pink eye, is 
by far the finest. Other 
varieties of rather questionable color are: 

Var. Burns. Deep rosy-purple. 

Var. Ringleader. Light purple with crimson centre 

34i 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PHYSOSTEGIA 

{From the Greek physa, a bladder, and sttgo, to cover, in reference to the inflated fruiting calyx) 

Labiata 

57. Physostegia virginica (P. virginidna; Dracocephalum 

virginidnum) 

English Names: False dragon's head, Obedient plant, Lion's heart. 

NORTH AMERICA JULY AND AUGUST 



SMALL, curiously shaped tubular flowers often an inch long, usually 
rosy-pink but ranging from purplish red through rosy-pink and lilac 
to flesh-pink, closely borne in graceful terminal spikes on erect stems above 
a leafy plant three to four 
feet high. Foliage thick, 
fine, and persistent. Good 
in the herbaceous border, 
especially as a contrast to 
plants of coarser habit, or 
in shrubbery. Good also 
for naturalizing in moist 
places and for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in a strong, rather moist, 
and rich soil. Should 
have a sunny situation. 
If not allowed to seed, will 
bloom for a long period. 

For good results it re- 
quires frequent division 
or replanting. 

Propagate by division 
in spring. 

Var. de-nticuldta, a 
smaller and more delicate 
variety with pink flowers. 
Excellent. 




343 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PHYSOSTEGIA 

(From the Greek physa, a bladder, and stego, to cover, in reference to the inflated fruiting calyx) 

Labiata 

58. Physostegia virginica, var. alba (P. virginidna, var. alba; 
Dracocephalum virginidnum, var. album) 

English Names: White false dragon's head, Obedient plant, Lion's heart. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM NORTH AMERICA JULY AND AUGUST 



SMALL, white, curiously shaped, tubular flowers, often an inch long, 
closely borne in graceful terminal spikes on erect stems above a 
bushy plant three or four feet high. Foliage thick, fine, and persistent. 
Good in the herbaceous 
border, especially as a 
contrast to plants of 
coarser habit, or in shrub- 
bery. Good also for natu- 
ralizing in moist places 
and for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in a strong, rather moist, 
and rich soil. Should 
have a sunny situation. 
If not allowed to seed, 
will bloom for a long 
period. 

For good results it re- 
quires frequent division 
or replanting. 

Propagate by division 
in spring. 




34S 






Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hehit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PLATYCODON 

(From the Greek plalys, broad, and kodon, a bell) 
Campanulacea 

79. Platycodon grandifldrum (Campanula grandiflora; 
Wahlenbergia grandiflora) 

English Names: Balloon flower, Japanese bellflower. 

EASTERN ASIA JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, wide-open, purplish blue, bell-shaped flowers two or three 
-/ inches across, with curious inflated buds, very freely borne at the 
tips of close-branching, upright leafy stems, forming a bushy plant one 
to three feet high. Leaves 
about three inches long, 
pointed-oval, light green, 
and handsome, lasting in 
fair condition until 
October. One of the very 
best plants for the herba- 
ceous border on account 
of its profusion and 
beauty of bloom, long 
season, and good habit. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in a well-drained 
sandy loam, in sun or 
shade. Does not do well 
in either very stiff or very 
sandy soil, and is very 
sensitive to poor drainage. 
Will thrive, however, in 
poor, dry soil, and when 
once established will 
stand considerable neg- 
lect. 

The stems are soft and 
require support. They 
should be tied to light 
stakes as soon as they are a foot or so high, for if once allowed to flop upon 
the ground they cannot be straightened up without breaking. In order to 

347 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit # Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



79- Platycodon grandifldrum (Continued) 

secure a long period of bloom the seeds should not be allowed to form. 
In fall the dying stems should not be cut to the ground, but should be 
left to protect the crown. 

Propagate most easily by seed, though the seedling frequently does 
not come true to the parent in form and color; or, with more difficulty, 
by division in early spring. 

Var. flore-pleno (var. Japonicum). Similar to the type except that 
the flowers have a double row of petals, one inside the other, forming a 
ten-pointed star; pretty and interesting, though perhaps not quite so 
handsome as the type. 



349 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited;. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho£>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PLATYCODON 

(From the Greek platys, broad, and kodon, a bell) 
Campanulacea 

80. Platycddon grandiflorum, var. album {Campanula grandiflora, 
var. alba; Wahlenbergia grandiflora, var. alba) 

English Names: White balloon flower, White Japanese bellflower. 

EASTERN ASIA JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 

IARGE, wide-open, white or bluish white bell-shaped flowers two to 
-/ three inches across, with curious inflated buds, very freely borne at 
the tips of close, branching, upright leafy stems forming a bushy plant 
one to three feet high. 
Leaves about three inches 
long, pointed-oval, light 
green, and handsome, 
lasting in fair condition 
until October. One of the 
very best plants for the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of its profusion and 
beauty of bloom, long 
season, and good habit. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easy culture in 
well-drained sandy loam, 
in sun or shade. For cul- 
tivation see Platycodon 
grandiflorum, page 347. 

Propagate most easily 
by seed, though the seed- 
ling frequently does not 
come true to the parent 
in form and color; or, 
with more difficulty, by 
division in early spring. 

Var. flore-pleno album 
(var. japonicum album). 
Similar to the type ex- 
cept that the flowers have a double row of petals, one inside the other, 
forming a ten-pointed star; perhaps not quite so handsome as the type. 

35i 




NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hevbitel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hdhit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propcxg evtion 



PLATYCODON 

(From the Greek platys, broad, and kodon, a bell) 
Campanulacea 

119. Platycodon Mariesi (*P. grandifldrum, var. Marie si, P. grandi- 
fldrum, var. glaucum; Campanula grandifldrum, var. Mariesi; 
Wahlenbergia grandifldrum, var. Mariesi) 

English Names: Dwarf balloon flower, Dwarf Japanese bellflower. 

JAPAN JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



IARGE, wide-open, purplish blue bell-shaped flowers two to three 
-/ inches across, with curious inflated buds, freely borne at the tips 
of close-branching, upright leafy stems, forming a bushy plant about 
one foot high. Stronger 
and more compact in 
habit than the type. 
Leaves about three inches 
long, pointed-oval, light 
green, and handsome, 
lasting in fair condition 
until October. Excellent 
for the front of the herba- 
ceous border or for the 
rock garden on account 
of its profusion and 
beauty of bloom, long 
season, and good habit. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in well-drained sandy 
loam, in sun or shade. 
Does not do well in either 
very stiff or very sandy 
soil, and is very sensitive 
to poor drainage. The 
stems are sufficiently 
sturdy to stand without 
support. In order to 
secure a long period of 




* Form of name most approved by botanical authorities. 

353 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hd±>U& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



H9- Platycodon Mariesi (Continued) 

bloom the seeds should not be allowed to form. In fall the dying stems 
should not be cut to the ground, but should be left to protect the crown. 

Propagate most easily by seed, though the seedling frequently does 
not come true to the parent in form and color; or, with more difficulty, by 
division in early spring. 

Var. fiore-pleno. Similar to the type except that the flowers have a 
double row of petals, one inside the other, forming a ten-pointed star; 
pretty and interesting, though perhaps not so handsome as the type. 



355 






Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










<s> to 5 

5 5 o 


\ 






/ 


General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Nevme 



Season 



H&bital 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbii& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PLATYCODON 

(From the Greek platys y broad, and kodon, a bell) 
Campanulacea 

1 20. Platycodon Mariesi, var. album (*P. grandiflorum, var. 
Marie si album; P. grandiflorum, var. glaucum album; Cam- 
panula grandiflora, var. Mariesi alba; Wahlenbergia 
grandiflora, var. Mariesi dlbi) 

English Names: Dwarf white balloon flower, Dwarf white Japanese bellflower. 

JAPAN JULY THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



LARGE, wide-open, white or bluish white bell-shaped flowers two to 
J three inches across, with curious inflated buds, freely borne at the 
tips of close, branching, upright leafy stems, forming a bushy plant about 
one foot high. Stronger 
and more compact in 
habit than the type. 
Leaves about three inches 
long, pointed-oval, light 
green,andhandsome,last- 
ing in fair condition until 
October. Excellent for 
the front of the herba- 
ceous border or for the 
rock garden on account of 
its profusion and beauty 
of bloom, long season, and 
good habit. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in well-drained, sandy 
loam, in sun or shade. 
Does not do well in either 
very stiff or very sandy 
soil, and is very sensitive 
to poor drainage. Will 
thrive, however, in poor, 
dry soil, and when once 
established will Vtand con- 
siderable neglect. The 

* Form of name most approved 
by botanical authorities. 357 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HeSit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



120. Platycodon Mariesi, var. album {Continued) 

stems are sufficiently sturdy to stand without support. In order to se- 
cure a long period of bloom the seeds should not be allowed to form. In 
fall the dying stems should not be cut to the ground, but should be left 
to protect the crown. 

Propagate most easily by seed, though the seedling frequently does 
not come true to the parent in form and color; or, with more difficulty, by 
division in early spring. 

Var. flore pleno album. Similar to the type except that the flowers 
have a double row of petals, one inside the other, forming a ten-pointed 
star; pretty and interesting, though perhaps not so handsome as the type. 



359 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>itel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



V\ox\i& Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propaff action 



PLUMBAGO 

(From the Latin plumbum, lead) 
Plumbaginacea 

151. Plumbago Larpentae (*Cerato <stigma plumbaginoldes; 
Valorddia plumbaginoldes) 



CHINA 



English Name: Leadwort. 

MID-AUGUST THROUGH OCTOBER 



SMALL flowers of deep blue, gradually turning violet, profusely born 
in dense heads on shrubby branching red stems, forming persistent 
leafy tufts from six to twelve inches high. Excellent for edging in the 
herbaceous border on 
account of its brilliant 
color and neat habit, and 
for the rock garden. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy cultureinwarm, light 
soil, and full sun. Re- 
quires a covering of leaves 
or litter in winter. 

Propagate by division. 

* Name most approved by 
botanical authorities. 




361 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hei>itat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Prop&g stion 



POLEMONIUM 

(From polemoniouy the Greek name for Valerian, perhaps named for the philosopher, Polemon) 

Polemoniacea 

102. Polemon ium caeruleum 

English Names: Jacob's ladder, Greek valerian, Ladder-to-heaven, Charity, 

Makebale. 



NORTH ASIA, EUROPE 



MID-MAY THROUGH JULY 



BELL-SHAPED violet-blue flowers nearly one inch across, borne in 
compact terminal heads on stout, erect, unbranching, somewhat leafy 
stems one to three feet high. Leaves compound, consisting of many 
small pointed leaflets 
regularly arranged along 
the leaf stem, largest and 
most abundant at the 
base of the plant, very 
pretty and persistent. 
Excellent in clumps for 
the herbaceous border, 
though never makingvery 
much of a color display. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any deep, rich, loamy 
soil, in partial shade. Re- 
quires a considerable 
amount of moisture. The 
foliage is easily affected 
by soil spattered on the 
leaves by rain. 

Propagate by seed 
sown in the fall or by 
division. 

Var. album {P. album) . 
A white-flowered variety 
as good as the type. 




363 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


i9 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plants Foliage (HeJbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



POLEMONIUM 

(From poltmonion, the Greek name for Valerian, perhaps named for the philosopher, PoUmon) 

Polcmoniaccce 

138. Polemonium humile, var. Richardsoni (P. Richardsoni; 

P. villosum) 

English Name: Dwarf Jacob's ladder. 

ARCTIC REGION JUNE AND JULY 



FRAGRANT, bell-shaped, purplish blue flowers sometimes over an 
inch across, with golden anthers, borne in compact terminal clusters 
of ten to twenty flowers, often four inches across and three inches deep, 
on slender, erect, un- 
branching, somewhat 
leafy stems about one 
foot high. Leaves com- 
pound, consisting of many 
small leaflets regularly 
arranged along the leaf 
stem, largest and most 
abundant at the base of 
the plant, very pretty and 
persistent. The best 
species of Polemonium, 
excellent for the front of 
the herbaceous border, 
for the rock garden, and 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any deep, rich, loamy 
soil, in partial shade. 

The foliage is easily 
affected by soil spattered 
on the leaves by rain. 

Propagate by seed 
sown in the fall or by 
division. 




365 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


19 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HdJ>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PRIMULA 



(From the low Latin primula, diminutive of prunus, first, because of early blooming) 

Primulacca 

152. Primula cortusoides, var. Sieboldi {P. Sieboldi; P. cor- 
tusoides, var. amoena; P. cortusoides, var. grandiflora) 

English Name: Siebold's primrose. 

JAPAN APRIL TO MID-MAY 



SHOWY flowers, in some varieties fringed, one to two inches across, 
ranging from pure white through lavender to deep purple-rose, 
borne in terminal clusters on straight, upright hairy stems six to twelve 
inches high. Leaves in a 
large rosette at the base 
of the flower stem, soft 
and somewhat hairy, 
rounded-oval, wavy 
edged, and handsome; 
turn yellow and disappear 
shortly after the bloom- 
ing season, but make an- 
other green growth late in 
summer. Excellent for the 
herbaceous border or for 
the rockgardenon account 
of its beautiful flowers. 
Is not suitable for edging 
because of its bad foliage 
habit. Good for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in light, open 
soil well enriched with 
leaf mold, in a somewhat 
sheltered and partially or 
wholly shaded situation. 
Should be protected by a 
light covering of leaves 
in winter and divided 
every three years. 

Propagate by division immediately after flowering or by seed. 




367 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hohit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PRIMULA 



(From the low Latin primula, diminutive of primus, first, because of early blooming) 

Primulacca 

121. Primula japonica 

English Name: Japanese primrose. 

JAPAN MID-MAY TO LATE JULY 



SHOWY flowers about an inch across ranging in color from white 
through rose-pink to deep purple-red, borne in several superimposed 
whorls of twelve or more flowers, each on straight, upright, leafless stems 
one to two feet high. 
Leaves in a clump at the 
base of the flower stalks, 
oval and finely toothed, 
rather thick and rounded 
on the upper surface. 
Handsome and persistent. 
Excellent for shady places 
in the front of the herba- 
ceous border, for the rock 
garden, or for naturalizing 
in moist, shady spots. 
Good also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in deep, rich, moist soil, 
in shade or partial shade. 
Should be divided at least 
once every three years to 
avoid its becoming root 
bound. 

Propagate by seed 
sown as soon as ripe or 
by division immediately 
after flowering. 




369 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Htsbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PRIMULA 

(From the low Latin primula, diminutive of primus, first, because of early blooming) 

Primulacea 

153. Primula Polyantha, vars. {Polyanthus; P. eldtior) 
English Names: English Primrose, Cowslip, Oxlip. 



HORTICULTURAL VARIETY 



APRIL TO MID-MAY 



SHOWY flowers about an inch wide, of various shades of yellow, and 
dark red and yellow mixed, borne several in a cluster on upright 
stems rising above the leaves to a height of six to twelve inches. Leaves 
in a rosette at the base 
of the plant, rather long 
and thick, rounded-oval, 
bright green, handsome, 
and persistent. Excel- 
lent as an edging for the 
herbaceous border on 
account of the richness of 
coloring of the flowers 
and the attractive foliage. 
Good also for cutting. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in rich, some- 
what moist soil, in shadeor 
partial shade. Should be 
protected by a light cover- 
ing of leaves in winter and 
divided every three years. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division immediately 
after flowering. 

The origin of P. Poly- 
antha is much debated; it is 
perhaps a cross between P. 
vulgaris and P. officinalis or 
P. eldtior, perhaps directly 
derived from P. eldtior or 
from P. vulgaris. 

The so-cailed "Munstead strain" is a fine, large variety. There is also an 
interesting and pretty variety known as duplex (or Hose-in-hose), in which there 
is one complete flower inside another. 




37i 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho£>ii& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PRIMULA 



(From the low Latin primula, diminutive of primus, first, because of early blooming) 



Primulacea 



154. Primula veris superba (*P. Harry Mitchell) 
English Names: Giant primrose, Giant cowslip. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY APRIL TO MID-MAY 

VERY fragrant flowers one to two inches in diameter, bright primrose- 
yellow with deeper yellow centres, freely borne in clusters on up- 
right stems which rise above the leaves to a height of six to twelve inches. 
Leaves in a rosette at the 
base of the plant, rather 
long and thick, rounded- 
oval, bright green, hand- 
some, and persistent. 

Excellent as an edg- 
ing for the herbaceous 
border on account of its 
bright masses of bloom 
and attractive foliage. 
Good also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in rich, somewhat moist 
soil, in partial shade or 
shade. Should be divided 
at least once every three 
years to avoid its becom- 
ing root bound. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division immediately 
after flowering. 

A hybrid form of 
doubtful origin, perhaps 
a cross between P. Poly- 
dntha and P. vulgaris. 




*Name most approved by botanical authorities. 



373 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG 










SEPT 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 






N£ LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hed>itel 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HobitQ Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propeff aiion 



PYRETHRUM 



(From pyrethron, the Greek name for the plant, derived from pyr, fire, on account of the hot taste of the root) 

Composites 

122. Pyrethrum hybridum vars, (P. roseum; * Chrysanthemum 

coccineum) 

English Name: Feverfew. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETIES, TYPE FROM THE CAUCASUS AND PERSIA JUNE AND JULY 



SINGLE or double daisylike flowers sometimes two inches across, 
ranging in color from pure white through pink to rich crimson-red 
and also pale yellow, with bright yellow centres in the single forms; pro- 
fusely borne on the ends 
of erect, rarely branching 
stems one to two feethigh. 
Leaves very finely divided 
and rather inconspicuous. 
Excellent in masses in the 
herbaceous border on ac- 
count of the brilliance and 
profusion of its flowers. 
Good also for cutting. If 
the flowers are picked as 
soon as they begin to fade 
the period of bloom will be 
prolonged, or if the plants 
be cut down after June a 
good second crop will be 
borne in the fall. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in rich, sandy, 
well-drained loam. In 
heavy or badly drained 
soil the plants are not 
hardy. Should be planted 
in full sun, but the roots 
should be kept cool and 
moist by shadeor better by 
a mulch of manure. In 
planting the ground should be deeply dug and well enriched with manure. 

*Name most approved by botanical authorities. 

37S 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E?? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobti& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



122. Pyrethrum hybridum vars. {Continued) 

Propagate by division in spring. 

There are a great many named varieties carried by the European 
nurserymen, but the American nurserymen rarely catalog them by 
name. 



377 



NAME 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJbital 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



PYRETHRUM 



(From pyrcthron, the Greek name for the plant, derived from pyr> 6re, on account of the hot taste of the root) 

Composite 

14. Pyrethrum uliginosum {* Chrysanthemum uliginosum) 
English Name: Giant daisy. 

HUNGARY AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in rich, heavy loam, in 
sunny situations. Should 
have an abundance of 
moisture at all times. 

Propagate by seed, 
from which it will bloom 
the first year, or by cut- 
tings, suckers, or division. 

* Name most approved by 
botanical authorities. 



IARGE daisylike flowers two to three inches across, pure white with 
Ji yellow centres, profusely borne in loose clusters on leafy upright 
stems branching at the top, forming a dense bushy plant four to five feet 
high. Leaves light green 
and persistent. Excellent 
for moist spots in the her- 
baceous border, or for 
naturalizing by the water 
side. Good also for cut- 
ting. The flowers should 
be cut as soon as fully 
open to ensure continuous 
bloom. 






*5?fcf 






: ^<T ""V 



-<: v r^ T > >>* 



379 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Hed)itat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



RUDBECKIA 

(Named for Claus Rudbeck, d. 1702, founder of the botanical garden at Upsala) 
Composites 

81. Rudbeckia speciosa (R. dspera; R. Newmanii) 
English Names: Cone flower, Black-eyed Susan. 

SOUTHEASTERN U. S. A. JULY TO EARLY AUGUST 



DAISYLIKE flowers three to four inches in diameter, with bright 
yellow rays and large conical velvety maroon centres, profusely 
borne at the ends of upright branching stems one to three feet high. 
Leaves long and rather 
narrow, mostly at the 
base of the stems, and 
somewhat inconspicuous. 
Excellent for massing in 
the herbaceous border on 
account of the brightness 
of its flowers, or for natu- 
ralizing in dry places. 
Good also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any garden soil, 
in sun or partial shade. 

Propagate by cuttings 
or by division. 







V 


rKv 4JL.S '\ 1& fv t Afi\ ivi^vE 


pi 






• * 

; if 


! 


k 






** ^ 


1 »5» 


mi 

ft TE^BCX 


kL^*5?f Y 




A, *^ 


!, 5 ■■..# 










'^■ssSm 





381 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq£>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SALVIA 



(The Latin name from salvus, safe, on account of its healing properties) 
Labiates 

35. Salvia azurea, var. grandifldra (S. Pitcheri) 
English Name: Meadow sage. 

SOUTH-CENTRAL U. S. A. AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER 



SMALL tubular flowers of sky-blue varying to white, in long terminal 
spikes borne on erect leafy stems two to five feet high. Leaves 
rather small and narrow, pointed and saw-toothed at the base of the plant, 
smooth above, slightly 
downy, and persistent. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border on account 
of the lovely color of its 
flowers. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in light, sandy 
soil. Requires a sunny 
situation, and in a cold 
climate should be given a 
light covering of leaves 
in winter. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




383 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hdbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SCABIOSA 



(From the Latin scabo, to scratch, because supposed to cure eruptions) 
Dipsacacea 

109. Scabiosa caucasica 
English Names: Pin cushion flower, Blue bonnet. 

CAUCASUS JUNE THROUGH SEPTEMBER 



IARGE light blue flowers with a single row of rather irregular 
-/ and full rounded centre of little florets, borne terminally on 
erect stems eighteen inches to two feet high. Leaves small, narrow, 
divided, grayish green 
and insignificant. Good 
for the herbaceous border, 
when massed where other 
plants supply its lack of 
foliage, on account of its 
fine color and long season 
of bloom if not allowed 
to seed. Excellent for 
cutting. 

A hardy perennial oi 
easy culture in any 
good garden soil, in sun. 
Should be protected by 
a covering of leaves in 
winter. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

Var. alba. A pure 
white flowering form 
otherwise similar to the 
type. Excellent. 



rays 
long 
and 




38s 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ>ital 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hq±>U & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SEDUM 



(From the Latin sedco, to sit, because the plant grows flat among rocks) 
Crassulacece 

123. Sedum spectabile (S. Fabdria) 
English Names: Showy sedum, Stone crop. 

POSSIBLY FROM JAPAN MID-AUGUST TO EARLY SEPTEMBER 



SMALL flowers of rose-pink varying to purplish and whitish, in showy, 
broad, slightly convex heads sometimes four inches across, borne on 
stout, erect, leafy stems one to two feet high. Leaves broadly rounded, 
wavy along the edges, 
thick, smooth, grayish, 
and evergreen. Excellent 
for the front of the herba- 
ceous border, for the rock 
garden, and for massing 
in barren spots. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, even in 
sand, stiff clay, or among 
rocks, provided that it 
has good drainage in win- 
ter. Requires a sunny 
situation. 

Propagate by seed, 
offsets, or by division. 



1 






4 


^2 Knit 0*^***- 


w^f 


&HftP* ** 


[ , ' 


a^.. _J_ $S EL m 


IP 


r InB^HR^' BBS 






Ml 


BB^ ■^■V"-,iiA-»'-^H 


[--•.-: ! ' -'.ji 


**■*" 







387 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hzbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SPIRAEA 

(From the Greek speira, a wreath or twist) 
Rosacea 

131. Spiraea astilboides, var. floribunda (*Astilbe astilboides, 

var. floribunda; Aruncus astilboides, var. floribunda; 

Spircea Aruncus, var. astilboides floribunda) 

English Name: Meadow sweet. 



JAPAN 



JUNE 



VERY small creamy-white flowers in graceful terminal plumelike 
spikes, freely borne at a height of one to two feet on branching leafy 
stems. Leaves large and compound, dark glossy green and persistent; 
highly decorative. Ex- 
cellent for the herbaceous 
border or for naturaliz- 
ing by the water side, on 
account of its handsome 
"foliage and flowers, and 
neat habit. Good also 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any good garden soil, 
preferably moist, in sun 
or partial shade. 

There is much con- 
fusion over this plant 
because of its close re- 
semblance to Astilbe 
japonica, the well-known 
florist's Spiraea or false 
goat's beard, which is also 
a useful border plant but 
has looser flower spikes 
and is usually not so tall 
growing. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




*Name most approved by botanical authorities. 

389 






Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Hd±>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SPIRAEA 

(From the Greek speira t a wreath or twist) 
Rosacea 

167. Spirsea Filipendula (Ulmdria Filipendula; Filipendula 

hexapetala) 

English Names: Dropwort, Meadow sweet. 

EUROPE, W. ASIA, SIBERIA JUNE 



VERY small, fragrant, feathery white flowers, with pink buds, in loose, 
irregular, flattish terminal clusters, borne in profusion on slender, 
erect, branching stems rising about a foot high above a mass of very 
low, fine, feathery foliage. 
Leaves fernlike, six to 
eighteen inches long, 
springing from the roots, 
dainty and evergreen. 
Excellent for the herba- 
ceous border or for the 
rock garden. Good also 
for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in rather dry soil and 
full sun. 

Propagate by seed 
sown in spring or by 
division. 

Var. flore pleno. Has 
double flowers which, 
though not quite so dainty 
as those of the type, last 
longer. Excellent. 




391 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE, 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E^ 










General Observations 



N£ LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hdbit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SPIRAEA 

(From the Greek speira y a wreath or twist) 
Rosacea 

36. Spiraea lobata, var. venusta i^Ulmaria rubra, var. venusta; 
S. venusta Filipendula lobata) 

English Name: Queen-of-the-prairie. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM U. S. A., PENN. TO GA. MID-JULY THROUGH AUGUST 



VERY small, feathery carmine flowers in showy, loose, irregular, flat- 
tish terminal clusters, profusely borne on erect leafy stems two to 
six feet high. Leaves elmlike, with seven to nine points and saw-edged; 
large, handsome, and per- 
sistent. Good for plant- 
ing in the herbaceous 
border or among shrub- 
bery, and especially for 
naturalizing in masses by 
the water side. Good for 
cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in moist, rich soil, in 
partial shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

*Name most approved by botani- 
cal authorities. 




393 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS EW 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant & Foliage (HoJ>it & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



SPIRAEA 

(From the Greek spend, a wreath or twist) 
Rosacea 

82. Spiraea palmata, var. elegans (*Ulmdria purpurea, var. 
elegans; Filipendula purpurea) 

English Name: Crimson meadow sweet. 

HORTICULTURAL VARIETY, TYPE FROM JAPAN MID-JUNE TO LATE JULY 

VERY small, fragrant, feathery white flowers with red stamens giving 
a silvery pink effect, in loose, irregular, flattish terminal clusters, 
profusely borne on erect, purplish, leafy stems two to four feet high. 
Leaves elmlike with large, 
five to seven pointed, 
terminal leaflets and 
single-pointed side leaf- 
lets, saw-edged, very 
large, handsome, and per- 
sistent. The finest species 
of the Ulmarias, excellent 
for the herbaceous border, 
for planting among shrub- 
bery, or for naturalizing 
by the water side. Good 
also for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easy culture 
in any moist, rich soil, in 
partial shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 

S. palmata. The type 
of which this plant is a 
variety has deep pink or 
carmine flowers and is 
equally fine in every way 
except thatthecolorof the 
flowers is not so delicate. 




*Name most approved by botanical authorities. 



395 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


49 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)itat. 



Flower (Color ff Height) 



Plant & Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



STOKESIA 



(Named for Dr. Jonathan Stokes, 1755-1831, an English botanist) 
Composite 

124. Stokesia cyanea 
English Names: Stokes' aster, Cornflower aster. 

GEORGIA, SOUTH CAROLINA JULY THROUGH OCTOBER 



IARGE, double, purplish blue flowers somewhat resembling a China 
-J Aster, sometimes three to four inches across, borne on erect leafy 
stems one to two feet high. Leaves long and narrow, rather incon- 
spicuous. Excellent in 
clumps in the herbaceous 
border on account of its 
fine though not very pro- 
fuse flowers and long 
season of bloom. Excel- 
lent also for cutting. 

A perennial of easy 
culture in well-drained 
sandy loam, in the sun. 
Perfectly hardy in the 
south and, with winter 
protection, hardy in New 
England. 

Propagate by division. 
Var. alba. A pure 
white flowered form 
similar to the ty\)z. Ex- 
cellent. 




399 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E TC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



THALICTRUM 

(An ancient Greek plant name derived from thallo, to bloom) 
Ranunculacea 

37. Thalictrum aquilegifdlium, var. roseum 
English Names: Meadow-rue, Feathered or Tufted columbine. 

EUROPE, N. ASIA MID-MAY TO MID-JULY 



FEATHERY rose-colored flowers in large fluffy clusters, borne on 
erect forking stems one to four feet high. Leaves three lobed, deli- 
cately attached to long side stems, dark green, and resembling the foliage 
of the Columbine, or, on 
a very large scale, the 
maidenhair fern; persist- 
ent and very decorative. 

Excellent for the her- 
baceous border or for 
naturalizing in front of 
shrubbery. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any good, well- 
drained loam, in sun or 
partial shade. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division in early spring. 

T. aquile gifolium. 
The type of which this 
plant is a variety has 
whitish yellow flowers. 
Excellent. 




401 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>ii& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



TRADESCANTIA 

(Named for John Tradescant, gardener to Charles I, d. about 1638) 

Commelinacea 

103. Tradescantia virginiana (T. virginica) 

English Names: Common spiderwort, Spider lily, Trinity violet, Flower-of-a- 

day. 



EASTERN U. S. A. 



MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE, MID-AUGUST TO MID-SEPTEMBER 



VIOLET-BLUE flowers of various shades, one to two inches across, 
freely borne in terminal clusters on vigorous erect branching stems 
forming a bushy plant one to three feet high. Leaves grasslike, six to 
fifteen inches long; per- 
sistent. Excellent for the 
herbaceous border or rock 
garden on account of its 
freeness of bloom and long 
season. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in ordinary garden 
soil, in sun or partial 
shade. 

Propagate by cuttings 
or by division in spring. 

Var. alba. Has white 
flowers. Excellent. 

Var. ccerulea. Has 
brighter blue flowers than 
the type. Excellent. 




4°3 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET9 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Ho£>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



TRITOMA 

(From the Greek tritomos, thrice cut, the stygma and capsule being three-parted) 

LUiacea 

83. Tritoma Pfitzeri {*Kniphofia Pfitzeri) 
English Names: Red-hot poker plant, Flame flower, Torch lily, Triton's spear. 



S. AFRICA 



AUGUST THROUGH OCTOBER 



FORMAL pointed spikes about twelve inches long composed of a 
great many small drooping tubular flowers about an inch long, rich 
orange-scarlet in color, shading to salmon-rose at the bottom, closely 
and regularly arranged, 
and borne on erect stems 
two to four feet long. 
Leaves very long and 
narrow, two to three feet 
long, springing from the 
base of the plant and 
curving gracefully to the 
ground. Excellent for 
the herbaceous border on 
account of its very bril- 
liant flowers and length 
of bloom. Extremely 
striking in masses against 
shrubbery. Good also for 
cutting. 

A perennial of easy 
culture in well-drained, 
light, sandy soil, with 
plenty of water in sum- 
mer. A warm sheltered 
situation is desirable, in 
sun or partial shade. If 
covered with a deep 
mulch of manure in win- 
ter it is hardy as far 
north as Philadelphia, 
but farther north the short rhizomes should be taken up in November 
and wintered indoors in dry earth. 

*Name most approved by botanical authorities. 

4°? 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS etc 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



HeJ)ited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Habit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



84. Tritoma Pfitzeri {Continued) 

Propagate by division. 

There are a number of horticultural varieties ranging through many 
shades and combinations of red, orange, and yellow, and with consider- 
able difference in their season of bloom, but none so profuse or with as 
long a season as the Pfitzeri variety. 



407 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETC 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (HoJ>it& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



TROLLIUS 

(From the old German trol, round, referring to the shape of the flowers) 
Ranunculacetz 

125. Trollius europsus (T. globosus) 
English Names: Globe flower, Golden ball. 

N. EUROPE EARLY MAY TO EARLY JUNE 



LARGE, double, globular lemon-yellow flowers one to two inches across, 
-/ borne singly or in pairs at the ends of sturdy, upright, sometimes 
branching stems one to two feet high. Leaves mostly at the base of 
the plant, large, sharply 
divided, and notched; 
handsome and persistent. 
Excellent in clumps in 
moist spots, in the herba- 
ceous border, or for 
naturalizing by the water 
side, on account of the 
beautiful form and color 
of its flowers and fine 
foliage. Good also for 
cutting. A second crop 
of smaller flowers is fre- 
quently produced in 
autumn. 

A hardy perennial of 
easy culture in moist, 
peaty loam, heavy rather 
than sandy, in partial 
shade. Will grow, how- 
ever, in ordinary garden 
soil if not allowed to be- 
come dry. Does better 
in a cool than in a warm 
climate. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. Grows very 
slowly at first from seed, which frequently does not germinate the first year. 

There are a number of excellent varieties and related species, among 

the most popular are: 

409 




Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
"VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E?c 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<xbit& 'Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



125. Trollius europseus {Continued) 

T. asidticus. Flowers more open, rich orange, with orange-red an- 
thers, the most brilliant species. 

T. japonicus excelsior. Bright yellow. 

T. caucdsicus var. "Orange Globe." Rich orange, perhaps the best 
species of all. 



411 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations i 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habited. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 






TUNICA 



(From the Latin tunica, a cloak, alluding to the bracts at the base of the calyx) 

Caryopky llacece 

164. Tunica Saxifraga 
English Names: Tunica, Saxifrage pink. 

S. EUROPE, ASIA LATE JUNE THROUGH AUGUST 



VERY small pink or purplish pink flowers, borne in profusion on wiry 
stems six to ten inches high. Leaves very small, dark green, and 
persistent, forming a tufted spreading mat. When in bloom presents 
an appearance somewhat 
like that of the Gypso- 
phila, a delicate pinkish 
cloud. Not striking, but 
very dainty and always 
useful because of its trim 
foliage. Good for edging 
the herbaceous border and 
excellent for the rock 
garden, or for naturalizing 
in old walls, etc., as it will 
grow in the poorest soil. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any soil, in sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




413 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant (^Foliage (Ho±>ii & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



VALERIANA 

(From the Latin valere, to be strong, because of its medicinal uses) 

Valerianae e<z 

59. Valeriana officinalis 

English Names: Common valerian, Cat's valerian, Garden heliotrope, All- 
heal, Cut-heal, Setwall, Herb bonnet, St. George's herb, Spurred flower. 



EUROPE, N. ASIA 



JUNE TO JULY 



SMALL, very fragrant flowers varying to whitish or lavender, freely 
borne on somewhat downy and branching stems two to five feet high. 
Leaves compound with several narrow pointed leaflets, showy, fragrant, 
and persistent. Excel- 
lent for the herbaceous 
border, more on account 
of its aromatic odor than 
for its flowers; or for 
naturalizing among shrub- 
bery. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any soil, even in 
waste places, in sun. It 
spreads rapidly, soon 
forming large clumps. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




415 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H<sbit & Heighi) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



VERONICA 

(Named for Saint Veronica) 

Scrophulariacttz 

155. Veronica incana {V . Candida; V. neglecta) 
English Name: Hoary speedwell. 

S. W. EUROPE, N. ASIA JULY TO MID-AUGUST 



SMALL, rich blue flowers in many graceful slender spikes three to six 
inches long, borne on branching leafy stems eight to eighteen inches 
high. Leaves one to three inches long, rather narrow and pointed, downy 
grayish green, and per- 
sistent. Excellent for the 
front of the herbaceous 
border on account of its 
trim and fresh appearance 
both in and out of bloom; 
good also for the rock 
garden. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any garden soil, prefer- 
ably sandy, in sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




417 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETP 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (H&bit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



VERONICA 

(Named for Saint Veronica) 
Scrophulariacea 

104. Veronica longifolia, var. subsessilis 
English Name: Speedwell. 



JAPAN 



MID-JULY TO MID-SEPTEMBER 



SMALL, intense, lavender-blue flowers in numerous, showy, slender 
spikes six to twelve inches long, rising above vigorous, erect, branch- 
ing leafy stems forming compact clumps two to three feet high. Leaves 
two to four inches long, 
narrow pointed and saw- 
edged, green and per- 
sistent. Probably the 
best known and certainly 
one of the most satis- 
factory Veronicas on 
account of its sturdy habit 
and brilliant flowers. Ex- 
cellent for the herbaceous 
border or for naturalizing 
in front of shrubbery. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any good garden soil, 
in sun. Does best in 
deep, rich loam in an open 
situation. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




419 



Name 


YEAR 


19 


19 


19 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
"VEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ETf 






i 




General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hdbii & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



VERONICA 

(Named for Saint Veronica) 
Scroph ulariacea 



169. Veronica rupestris {V . fruticulosa) 
English Name: Rock speedwell. 

EUROPE MID-MAY TO MID-JUNE 



SMALL, deep purplish blue flowers in many dense erect spikes, rising 
to a height of four to five inches from woody, creeping, leafy stems. 
Leaves narrow and pointed, one half to one inch long, forming a neat close 
mat. Excellent as an 
edging for the herbaceous 
border on account of its 
dense foliage habits and 
the profusion of its 
flowers, or for planting in 
the rock garden. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any good, sandy gar- 
den soil, preferably in 
sun. 

Propagate by seed or 
by division. 




421 



NAME 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEAKS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS ET? 










General Observations 



N2 LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plants Foliage (Hdbit& Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



VIOLA 

(The classical Latin name) 
Violacca 

165. Viola cornuta 
English Names: Horned violet, Bedding pansy, Tufted pansy. 



S. EUROPE 



EARLY APRIL THROUGH OCTOBER 



PALE blue, slightly fragrant flowers like small Pansies, freely borne on 
erect bare stems about six inches high, above handsometuftsof foliage. 
Leaves rather large, irregularly heart-shaped, bright green, and persistent. 
Excellent for edging the 
herbaceous border on 
account of its fine habit, 
long season of bloom, and 
charming flowers. Good 
also for the rock garden 
and for cutting. 

A perfectly hardy per- 
ennial of easiest culture 
in any good garden soil, 
in sun or partial shade. 

Propagate by seed, 
cuttings, or by division. 

There are several 
varieties as good as the 
type, which furnish a 
number of different colors, 
among these are: 

Var. alba, white. 

Var. Admiration. Pur- 
ple-blue with dark eye. 

Var. G. Wernig. Deep 
blue, large flowers. 

Var. lute a. Yellow. 

Var. Papilio. Violet 
with dark eye, large 
flowers. 




423 



Name 


YEAR 


49 


49 


49 


19 


APRIL 










MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUG. 










SEPT. 










OCT. 










NOTES ON THE 
YEARS CLIMATIC 
CONDITIONS E^ 










General Observations 



N& LATIN NAME 



Common Name 



Season 



Habitat. 



Flower (Color & Height) 



Plant (^Foliage (Hobit & Height) 



Uses 



Culture 



Propagation 



YUCCA 



(The Indian name for the Manihot, erroneously applied to this plant) 
Liiiacea 

ii. Yucca filamentosa 

English Names: Adam's needle, Adam's needle and thread, Thready yucca, 
Eve's thread, Thread and needle, Eve's darning needle, Bear's thread, Bear 
grass, Silk grass. 

SOUTHEASTERN U. S. A. MID-JUNE THROUGH JULY 



CREAMY-white flowers like very small Magnolia blossoms, borne 
pendently in long loose spikes on erect stems four to six feet high. 
Leaves evergreen in a clump at the base of the flower stalks, long and 
narrow, about one inch 
wide, very sharply 
pointed, stiff" and erect 
toward the centre, but 
recurving at the outside 
of the clump, grayish 
green with threadlike 
fibres along the edges. 
Excellent for formal 
clumps in the herbaceous 
border or for planting 
against a background of 
shrubbery. 

A perfectly hardy 
perennial of easiest cul- 
ture in any well-drained 
soil, in sun. Being a 
desert plant, it grows well 
in barren places, and 
thrives best in sandy 
loam. 

Propagate by seed, 
offsets, or by stem cut- 
tings. 




<ps 




THE COUNTRY LIFE PRESS 
GARDEN CITY, N. Y. 



I.R8 D?Q 



\ 



